1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GDB.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
36 #include "gdbthread.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
59 #include "parser-defs.h"
60 #include "gdb_regex.h"
62 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
63 #include "continuations.h"
67 #include "dummy-frame.h"
71 /* readline include files */
72 #include "readline/readline.h"
73 #include "readline/history.h"
75 /* readline defines this. */
78 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
79 #include "extension.h"
81 /* Enums for exception-handling support. */
82 enum exception_event_kind
89 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
91 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
93 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
95 static void enable_count_command (char *, int);
97 static void disable_command (char *, int);
99 static void enable_command (char *, int);
101 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint
*,
105 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
107 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
109 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*);
111 static void create_sals_from_address_default (char **,
112 struct linespec_result
*,
116 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*,
117 struct linespec_result
*,
118 char *, char *, enum bptype
,
119 enum bpdisp
, int, int,
121 const struct breakpoint_ops
*,
122 int, int, int, unsigned);
124 static void decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint
*, char **,
125 struct symtabs_and_lines
*);
127 static void clear_command (char *, int);
129 static void catch_command (char *, int);
131 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*);
133 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
135 static void mention (struct breakpoint
*);
137 static struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*,
139 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
140 static struct bp_location
*add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*,
141 const struct symtab_and_line
*);
143 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
145 struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
146 struct symtab_and_line
,
148 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
150 static struct breakpoint
*
151 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
153 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
156 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR
, CORE_ADDR
, int, int);
158 static CORE_ADDR
adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
162 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*,
163 struct program_space
*, CORE_ADDR
,
164 struct obj_section
*, int);
166 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
167 struct bp_location
*loc2
);
169 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
170 struct address_space
*aspace
,
173 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
175 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
177 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
178 int (*) (const struct breakpoint
*));
180 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
182 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
184 static void commands_command (char *, int);
186 static void condition_command (char *, int);
195 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
196 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
198 static enum print_stop_action
print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
);
200 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
202 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
204 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
206 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*);
208 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
210 int *other_type_used
);
212 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
214 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
216 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*, enum bpdisp
,
219 static void stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
221 static void stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
223 static void stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
225 static void tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
227 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
228 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
229 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**loc
);
231 static struct bp_location
*allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
233 /* update_global_location_list's modes of operation wrt to whether to
234 insert locations now. */
235 enum ugll_insert_mode
237 /* Don't insert any breakpoint locations into the inferior, only
238 remove already-inserted locations that no longer should be
239 inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or breakpoints
240 should specify this mode, so that deleting a breakpoint doesn't
241 have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
242 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
243 returns true on them.
245 This behavior is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
246 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but
247 breakpoint shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT*
248 be restored to the new image; or before detaching, where the
249 target still has execution and wants to delete breakpoints from
250 GDB's lists, and all breakpoints had already been removed from
254 /* May insert breakpoints iff breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now
255 claims breakpoints should be inserted now. */
258 /* Insert locations now, irrespective of
259 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now. E.g., say all threads are
260 stopped right now, and the user did "continue". We need to
261 insert breakpoints _before_ resuming the target, but
262 UGLL_MAY_INSERT wouldn't insert them, because
263 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now returns false at that point,
264 as no thread is running yet. */
268 static void update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode
);
270 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode
);
272 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
274 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
276 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
278 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
280 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
282 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
284 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
286 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num
);
288 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
);
290 static struct bp_location
**get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
);
292 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
295 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
297 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
298 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
299 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
300 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
302 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
303 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops
;
305 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
306 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
308 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception class type. */
309 static struct breakpoint_ops longjmp_breakpoint_ops
;
311 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
313 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
315 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
316 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
318 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
319 struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
321 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
322 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
323 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
324 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
325 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
326 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
328 static const char dprintf_style_gdb
[] = "gdb";
329 static const char dprintf_style_call
[] = "call";
330 static const char dprintf_style_agent
[] = "agent";
331 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums
[] = {
337 static const char *dprintf_style
= dprintf_style_gdb
;
339 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
340 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
341 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
342 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
344 static char *dprintf_function
= "";
346 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
347 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
348 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
349 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
350 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
351 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
352 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
354 static char *dprintf_channel
= "";
356 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
358 static int disconnected_dprintf
= 1;
360 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
361 breakpoints share a single command list. */
362 struct counted_command_line
364 /* The reference count. */
367 /* The command list. */
368 struct command_line
*commands
;
371 struct command_line
*
372 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
)
374 return b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
377 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
378 current breakpoint. */
380 static int breakpoint_proceeded
;
383 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp
)
385 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
386 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
388 static const char * const bpdisps
[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
390 return bpdisps
[(int) disp
];
393 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
394 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
395 if such is available. */
396 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints
;
399 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
400 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
403 fprintf_filtered (file
,
404 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
405 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
409 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
410 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
411 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
412 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
413 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
;
415 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
416 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
419 fprintf_filtered (file
,
420 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
421 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
425 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
426 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
427 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
428 use hardware breakpoints. */
429 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints
;
431 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
432 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
435 fprintf_filtered (file
,
436 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
440 /* If on, GDB keeps breakpoints inserted even if the inferior is
441 stopped, and immediately inserts any new breakpoints as soon as
442 they're created. If off (default), GDB keeps breakpoints off of
443 the target as long as possible. That is, it delays inserting
444 breakpoints until the next resume, and removes them again when the
445 target fully stops. This is a bit safer in case GDB crashes while
446 processing user input. */
447 static int always_inserted_mode
= 0;
450 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
451 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
453 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
457 /* See breakpoint.h. */
460 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now (void)
462 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
464 /* If breakpoints are global, they should be inserted even if no
465 thread under gdb's control is running, or even if there are
466 no threads under GDB's control yet. */
469 else if (target_has_execution
)
471 if (always_inserted_mode
)
473 /* The user wants breakpoints inserted even if all threads
478 if (threads_are_executing ())
484 static const char condition_evaluation_both
[] = "host or target";
486 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
487 static const char condition_evaluation_auto
[] = "auto";
488 static const char condition_evaluation_host
[] = "host";
489 static const char condition_evaluation_target
[] = "target";
490 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums
[] = {
491 condition_evaluation_auto
,
492 condition_evaluation_host
,
493 condition_evaluation_target
,
497 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
498 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
500 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
501 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
502 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
504 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
505 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
506 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
510 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode
)
512 if (mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
514 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
515 return condition_evaluation_target
;
517 return condition_evaluation_host
;
523 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
526 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
528 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
531 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
535 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
537 const char *mode
= breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
539 return (mode
== condition_evaluation_host
);
542 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
544 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
545 static int executing_breakpoint_commands
;
547 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
548 static int overlay_events_enabled
;
550 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
551 int target_exact_watchpoints
= 0;
553 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
554 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
555 current breakpoint. */
557 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
559 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
560 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
561 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
564 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
565 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
566 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
568 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
569 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
570 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
573 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
574 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
575 to where the loop should start from.
576 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
577 appropriate location to start with. */
579 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
580 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
581 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
583 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count \
584 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
587 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
589 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
590 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
591 if (is_tracepoint (B))
593 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
595 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint_chain
;
597 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
599 static struct bp_location
**bp_location
;
601 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
603 static unsigned bp_location_count
;
605 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
606 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
607 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
608 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
609 an address you need to read. */
611 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
;
613 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
614 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
615 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
616 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
617 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
619 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
;
621 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
622 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
624 VEC(bp_location_p
) *moribund_locations
= NULL
;
626 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
628 static int breakpoint_count
;
630 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
631 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
632 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
633 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
634 static int prev_breakpoint_count
;
636 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
638 static int tracepoint_count
;
640 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_set_cmdlist
;
641 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_show_cmdlist
;
642 struct cmd_list_element
*save_cmdlist
;
644 /* See declaration at breakpoint.h. */
647 breakpoint_find_if (int (*func
) (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *d
),
650 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
654 if (func (b
, user_data
) != 0)
661 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
663 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*b
)
665 return (b
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
);
668 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
671 set_breakpoint_count (int num
)
673 prev_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
674 breakpoint_count
= num
;
675 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num
);
678 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
679 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
680 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
682 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
686 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
688 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
691 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
695 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
697 prev_breakpoint_count
= rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
700 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
703 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
705 struct breakpoint
*b
;
711 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
712 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
714 static struct counted_command_line
*
715 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line
*commands
)
717 struct counted_command_line
*result
718 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line
));
721 result
->commands
= commands
;
725 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
728 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
*cmd
)
734 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
735 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
736 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
739 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
743 if (--(*cmdp
)->refc
== 0)
745 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp
)->commands
);
752 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
755 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg
)
757 decref_counted_command_line (arg
);
760 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
763 static struct cleanup
*
764 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
766 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line
, cmdp
);
770 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
771 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
774 get_breakpoint (int num
)
776 struct breakpoint
*b
;
779 if (b
->number
== num
)
787 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
788 evaluating conditions on its side. */
791 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint
*b
)
793 struct bp_location
*loc
;
795 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
796 evaluating conditions and if the user has
797 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
799 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
800 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
803 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
806 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
807 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
810 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
811 evaluating conditions on its side. */
814 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location
*loc
)
816 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
817 evaluating conditions and if the user has
818 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
820 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
821 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
825 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
))
828 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
831 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
832 condition_evaluation_mode. */
835 set_condition_evaluation_mode (char *args
, int from_tty
,
836 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
838 const char *old_mode
, *new_mode
;
840 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1
== condition_evaluation_target
)
841 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
843 condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_mode
;
844 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
845 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
849 new_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1
);
850 old_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
852 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
853 settings was "auto". */
854 condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_mode_1
;
856 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
857 if (new_mode
!= old_mode
)
859 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
860 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
861 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
863 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
864 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
867 if (new_mode
== condition_evaluation_target
)
869 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
871 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
872 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
876 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
877 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
878 target knows about. */
879 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
880 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->inserted
)
881 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
885 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
891 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
892 what "auto" is translating to. */
895 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
896 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
898 if (condition_evaluation_mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
899 fprintf_filtered (file
,
900 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
901 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
903 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
905 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
909 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
910 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
911 the more general bp_location_compare function. */
914 bp_location_compare_addrs (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
916 struct bp_location
*a
= *(void **) ap
;
917 struct bp_location
*b
= *(void **) bp
;
919 if (a
->address
== b
->address
)
922 return ((a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
));
925 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
926 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
927 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
930 static struct bp_location
**
931 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
)
933 struct bp_location dummy_loc
;
934 struct bp_location
*dummy_locp
= &dummy_loc
;
935 struct bp_location
**locp_found
= NULL
;
937 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
938 memset (&dummy_loc
, 0, sizeof (struct bp_location
));
939 dummy_loc
.address
= address
;
941 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
942 locp_found
= bsearch (&dummy_locp
, bp_location
, bp_location_count
,
943 sizeof (struct bp_location
**),
944 bp_location_compare_addrs
);
946 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
947 if (locp_found
== NULL
)
950 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
951 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
952 while ((locp_found
- 1) >= bp_location
953 && (*(locp_found
- 1))->address
== address
)
960 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint
*b
, const char *exp
,
963 xfree (b
->cond_string
);
964 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
966 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
968 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
975 struct bp_location
*loc
;
977 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
982 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
983 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
984 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
991 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b
->number
);
995 const char *arg
= exp
;
997 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
998 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
999 b
->cond_string
= xstrdup (arg
);
1000 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
1002 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
1004 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
1006 innermost_block
= NULL
;
1008 w
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
1010 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
1011 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
1015 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1017 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1021 parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
1022 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
1024 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
1028 mark_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1030 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1033 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
1035 static VEC (char_ptr
) *
1036 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
1037 const char *text
, const char *word
)
1041 text
= skip_spaces_const (text
);
1042 space
= skip_to_space_const (text
);
1046 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1047 VEC (char_ptr
) *result
= NULL
;
1051 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
1052 if (isdigit (text
[1]))
1054 return complete_internalvar (&text
[1]);
1057 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
1058 len
= strlen (text
);
1064 xsnprintf (number
, sizeof (number
), "%d", b
->number
);
1066 if (strncmp (number
, text
, len
) == 0)
1067 VEC_safe_push (char_ptr
, result
, xstrdup (number
));
1073 /* We're completing the expression part. */
1074 text
= skip_spaces_const (space
);
1075 return expression_completer (cmd
, text
, word
);
1078 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
1081 condition_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1083 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1088 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
1091 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
1093 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg
);
1096 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
1098 /* Check if this breakpoint has a "stop" method implemented in an
1099 extension language. This method and conditions entered into GDB
1100 from the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
1101 const struct extension_language_defn
*extlang
1102 = get_breakpoint_cond_ext_lang (b
, EXT_LANG_NONE
);
1104 if (extlang
!= NULL
)
1106 error (_("Only one stop condition allowed. There is currently"
1107 " a %s stop condition defined for this breakpoint."),
1108 ext_lang_capitalized_name (extlang
));
1110 set_breakpoint_condition (b
, p
, from_tty
);
1112 if (is_breakpoint (b
))
1113 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
1118 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
1121 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1122 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1123 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1126 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line
*commands
)
1128 struct command_line
*c
;
1130 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1134 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1135 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1136 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1138 for (i
= 0; i
< c
->body_count
; ++i
)
1139 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c
->body_list
)[i
]);
1141 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1142 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1143 command directly. */
1144 if (strstr (c
->line
, "collect ") == c
->line
)
1145 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1147 if (strstr (c
->line
, "teval ") == c
->line
)
1148 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1152 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1155 is_tracepoint_type (enum bptype type
)
1157 return (type
== bp_tracepoint
1158 || type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
1159 || type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
1163 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
1165 return is_tracepoint_type (b
->type
);
1168 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1169 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1173 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1174 struct command_line
*commands
)
1176 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
1178 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
1179 struct command_line
*c
;
1180 struct command_line
*while_stepping
= 0;
1182 /* Reset the while-stepping step count. The previous commands
1183 might have included a while-stepping action, while the new
1187 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1188 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1189 while-stepping element, and that the while-stepping's body
1190 has valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping.
1191 We also need to validate the tracepoint action line in the
1192 context of the tracepoint --- validate_actionline actually
1193 has side effects, like setting the tracepoint's
1194 while-stepping STEP_COUNT, in addition to checking if the
1195 collect/teval actions parse and make sense in the
1196 tracepoint's context. */
1197 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1199 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1201 if (b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
1202 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1203 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1204 else if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1205 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1206 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1209 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1210 "can be used only once"));
1215 validate_actionline (c
->line
, b
);
1219 struct command_line
*c2
;
1221 gdb_assert (while_stepping
->body_count
== 1);
1222 c2
= while_stepping
->body_list
[0];
1223 for (; c2
; c2
= c2
->next
)
1225 if (c2
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1226 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1232 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands
);
1236 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1237 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1240 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr
)
1242 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1243 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
1244 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1247 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1249 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1250 if (loc
->address
== addr
)
1251 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
1257 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1258 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1261 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1262 struct command_line
*commands
)
1264 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, commands
);
1266 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
1267 b
->commands
= alloc_counted_command_line (commands
);
1268 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1271 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1272 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1276 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint
*b
, int silent
)
1278 int old_silent
= b
->silent
;
1281 if (old_silent
!= silent
)
1282 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1285 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1286 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1289 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, int thread
)
1291 int old_thread
= b
->thread
;
1294 if (old_thread
!= thread
)
1295 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1298 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1299 breakpoint work for any task. */
1302 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint
*b
, int task
)
1304 int old_task
= b
->task
;
1307 if (old_task
!= task
)
1308 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1312 check_tracepoint_command (char *line
, void *closure
)
1314 struct breakpoint
*b
= closure
;
1316 validate_actionline (line
, b
);
1319 /* A structure used to pass information through
1320 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
1322 struct commands_info
1324 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
1327 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
1330 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
1331 already-parsed command. */
1332 struct command_line
*control
;
1334 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
1336 struct counted_command_line
*cmd
;
1339 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
1340 commands_command. */
1343 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *data
)
1345 struct commands_info
*info
= data
;
1347 if (info
->cmd
== NULL
)
1349 struct command_line
*l
;
1351 if (info
->control
!= NULL
)
1352 l
= copy_command_lines (info
->control
->body_list
[0]);
1355 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
1358 str
= xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1359 "%s, one per line."),
1362 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, str
);
1364 l
= read_command_lines (str
,
1367 ? check_tracepoint_command
: 0),
1370 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
1373 info
->cmd
= alloc_counted_command_line (l
);
1376 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1378 if (b
->commands
!= info
->cmd
)
1380 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, info
->cmd
->commands
);
1381 incref_counted_command_line (info
->cmd
);
1382 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
1383 b
->commands
= info
->cmd
;
1384 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1389 commands_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
1390 struct command_line
*control
)
1392 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
1393 struct commands_info info
;
1395 info
.from_tty
= from_tty
;
1396 info
.control
= control
;
1398 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
1399 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
1400 cleanups
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info
.cmd
);
1402 if (arg
== NULL
|| !*arg
)
1404 if (breakpoint_count
- prev_breakpoint_count
> 1)
1405 arg
= xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count
+ 1,
1407 else if (breakpoint_count
> 0)
1408 arg
= xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count
);
1411 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
1412 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
1413 numbers will fail in this case. */
1418 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
1420 arg
= xstrdup (arg
);
1423 make_cleanup (xfree
, arg
);
1427 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_commands_command
, &info
);
1429 if (info
.cmd
== NULL
)
1430 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1432 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
1436 commands_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1438 commands_command_1 (arg
, from_tty
, NULL
);
1441 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1442 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1444 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1445 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1446 enum command_control_type
1447 commands_from_control_command (char *arg
, struct command_line
*cmd
)
1449 commands_command_1 (arg
, 0, cmd
);
1450 return simple_control
;
1453 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1456 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1458 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
1462 if (bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
== 0)
1463 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1468 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address
1469 MEMADDR, by replacing a memory breakpoint with its shadowed
1472 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with the of
1473 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffer. Otherwise, a
1474 failed assertion internal error will be raised. */
1477 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1478 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1479 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
,
1480 struct bp_target_info
*target_info
,
1481 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
1483 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1484 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
1488 if (!breakpoint_address_match (target_info
->placed_address_space
, 0,
1489 current_program_space
->aspace
, 0))
1491 /* The breakpoint is inserted in a different address space. */
1495 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1497 bp_addr
= target_info
->placed_address
;
1498 bp_size
= target_info
->shadow_len
;
1500 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
<= memaddr
)
1502 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we are
1507 if (bp_addr
>= memaddr
+ len
)
1509 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1514 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1515 if (bp_addr
< memaddr
)
1517 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1518 bp_size
-= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1519 bptoffset
= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1523 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
> memaddr
+ len
)
1525 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1526 bp_size
-= (bp_addr
+ bp_size
) - (memaddr
+ len
);
1529 if (readbuf
!= NULL
)
1531 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with the
1532 shadow_contents buffer. */
1533 gdb_assert (target_info
->shadow_contents
>= readbuf
+ len
1534 || readbuf
>= (target_info
->shadow_contents
1535 + target_info
->shadow_len
));
1537 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1539 memcpy (readbuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
,
1540 target_info
->shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1544 const unsigned char *bp
;
1545 CORE_ADDR addr
= target_info
->reqstd_address
;
1548 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1549 memcpy (target_info
->shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
,
1550 writebuf_org
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp_size
);
1552 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1554 bp
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch
, &addr
, &placed_size
);
1556 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1557 breakpoint's INSN. */
1558 memcpy (writebuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1562 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1563 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1565 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1566 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1567 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1569 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1570 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1571 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1572 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1573 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1574 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1575 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1576 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1578 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1581 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1582 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1583 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
)
1585 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1587 unsigned bc_l
, bc_r
, bc
;
1590 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1591 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1592 report higher one. */
1595 bc_r
= bp_location_count
;
1596 while (bc_l
+ 1 < bc_r
)
1598 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1600 bc
= (bc_l
+ bc_r
) / 2;
1601 bl
= bp_location
[bc
];
1603 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1604 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1605 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1606 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1608 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1609 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1610 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1612 if ((bl
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1614 && (bl
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1621 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1622 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1623 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1624 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1625 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1628 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1630 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1631 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1632 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1635 && bp_location
[bc_l
]->address
== bp_location
[bc_l
- 1]->address
)
1638 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1640 for (bc
= bc_l
; bc
< bp_location_count
; bc
++)
1642 struct bp_location
*bl
= bp_location
[bc
];
1643 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
1647 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1648 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_none
)
1649 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1652 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1655 if (bl
->address
>= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1656 && memaddr
+ len
<= (bl
->address
1657 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
))
1660 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
1663 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (readbuf
, writebuf
, writebuf_org
,
1664 memaddr
, len
, &bl
->target_info
, bl
->gdbarch
);
1670 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1674 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1676 return (bpt
->type
== bp_breakpoint
1677 || bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
1678 || bpt
->type
== bp_dprintf
);
1681 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1684 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1686 return (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
1687 || bpt
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
1688 || bpt
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
);
1691 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1695 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1697 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
)
1698 || bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint
);
1701 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1702 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1703 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1704 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1705 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1706 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1707 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1708 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1711 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint
*b
)
1713 return (b
->base
.pspace
== current_program_space
1714 && (ptid_equal (b
->watchpoint_thread
, null_ptid
)
1715 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, b
->watchpoint_thread
)
1716 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))));
1719 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1720 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1723 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint
*w
)
1725 struct breakpoint
*b
= &w
->base
;
1727 if (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
1729 gdb_assert (b
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
);
1730 gdb_assert (b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
== b
);
1731 b
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1732 b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
1733 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
1735 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1738 /* Extract a bitfield value from value VAL using the bit parameters contained in
1741 static struct value
*
1742 extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (struct watchpoint
*w
, struct value
*val
)
1744 struct value
*bit_val
;
1749 bit_val
= allocate_value (value_type (val
));
1751 unpack_value_bitfield (bit_val
,
1754 value_contents_for_printing (val
),
1761 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1762 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1763 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1764 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1766 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1768 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1769 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1772 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1773 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1774 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1775 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1776 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1777 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1778 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1779 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1781 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1782 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1783 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1784 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1785 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1786 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1787 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1788 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1791 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1792 hardware watchpoints:
1794 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1795 called several times when GDB stops.
1798 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1799 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1800 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1801 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1802 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1803 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1804 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1805 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1806 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1807 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1808 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1810 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1811 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1814 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint
*b
, int reparse
)
1816 int within_current_scope
;
1817 struct frame_id saved_frame_id
;
1820 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1821 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1822 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1823 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
1826 if (b
->base
.disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1831 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1832 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
1833 within_current_scope
= 1;
1836 struct frame_info
*fi
= get_current_frame ();
1837 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (fi
);
1838 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (fi
);
1840 /* If we're at a point where the stack has been destroyed
1841 (e.g. in a function epilogue), unwinding may not work
1842 properly. Do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1843 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1844 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
1847 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1848 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1849 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1850 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1853 saved_frame_id
= get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1855 fi
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
1856 within_current_scope
= (fi
!= NULL
);
1857 if (within_current_scope
)
1861 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1862 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1863 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1866 if (within_current_scope
&& reparse
)
1875 s
= b
->exp_string_reparse
? b
->exp_string_reparse
: b
->exp_string
;
1876 b
->exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->exp_valid_block
, 0);
1877 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1878 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1879 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1880 be completely different objects. */
1881 value_free (b
->val
);
1885 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1886 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1887 locations (re)created below. */
1888 if (b
->base
.cond_string
!= NULL
)
1890 if (b
->cond_exp
!= NULL
)
1892 xfree (b
->cond_exp
);
1896 s
= b
->base
.cond_string
;
1897 b
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->cond_exp_valid_block
, 0);
1901 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1902 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1903 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1904 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1905 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1906 if (!target_has_execution
)
1908 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1909 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1910 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1911 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
1913 if (b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
))
1914 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1916 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1917 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1920 else if (within_current_scope
&& b
->exp
)
1923 struct value
*val_chain
, *v
, *result
, *next
;
1924 struct program_space
*frame_pspace
;
1926 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
, &pc
, &v
, &result
, &val_chain
, 0);
1928 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1929 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1930 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1931 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1932 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1934 if (!b
->val_valid
&& !is_masked_watchpoint (&b
->base
))
1936 if (b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
1938 v
= extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b
, v
);
1946 frame_pspace
= get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1948 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1949 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
1951 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1952 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1953 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1954 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1955 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1956 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
1957 && (v
== val_chain
|| ! value_lazy (v
)))
1959 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
1961 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1962 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1963 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1965 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1966 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
1970 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
1971 int bitpos
= 0, bitsize
= 0;
1973 if (value_bitsize (v
) != 0)
1975 /* Extract the bit parameters out from the bitfield
1977 bitpos
= value_bitpos (v
);
1978 bitsize
= value_bitsize (v
);
1980 else if (v
== result
&& b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
1982 /* If VAL_BITSIZE != 0 then RESULT is actually a bitfield
1983 lvalue whose bit parameters are saved in the fields
1984 VAL_BITPOS and VAL_BITSIZE. */
1985 bitpos
= b
->val_bitpos
;
1986 bitsize
= b
->val_bitsize
;
1989 addr
= value_address (v
);
1992 /* Skip the bytes that don't contain the bitfield. */
1997 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
1999 else if (b
->base
.type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
2002 loc
= allocate_bp_location (&b
->base
);
2003 for (tmp
= &(b
->base
.loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
2006 loc
->gdbarch
= get_type_arch (value_type (v
));
2008 loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
2009 loc
->address
= addr
;
2013 /* Just cover the bytes that make up the bitfield. */
2014 loc
->length
= ((bitpos
% 8) + bitsize
+ 7) / 8;
2017 loc
->length
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
2019 loc
->watchpoint_type
= type
;
2024 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
2025 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
2026 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
2031 enum bp_loc_type loc_type
;
2032 struct bp_location
*bl
;
2034 reg_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain
);
2038 int i
, target_resources_ok
, other_type_used
;
2041 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
2042 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
2043 b
->exact
= target_exact_watchpoints
&& reg_cnt
== 1;
2045 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
2046 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
2047 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
2048 this watchpoint in as well. */
2050 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
2051 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
2052 hardware watchpoint type. */
2053 type
= b
->base
.type
;
2054 if (type
== bp_watchpoint
)
2055 type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
2057 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
2058 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
2059 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
2060 through watch_command), so always account for it
2063 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
2064 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (&b
->base
, type
, &other_type_used
);
2066 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
2067 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (&b
->base
);
2070 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type
, i
, other_type_used
);
2071 if (target_resources_ok
<= 0)
2073 int sw_mode
= b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
);
2075 if (target_resources_ok
== 0 && !sw_mode
)
2076 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
2077 "hardware watchpoint."));
2078 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0 && !sw_mode
)
2079 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
2080 "resources for this watchpoint."));
2082 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
2083 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
2087 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
2088 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
2089 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
2091 b
->base
.type
= type
;
2094 else if (!b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
))
2096 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
2097 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
2098 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
2100 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
2101 "read/access watchpoint."));
2104 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
2106 loc_type
= (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
? bp_loc_other
2107 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
);
2108 for (bl
= b
->base
.loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
2109 bl
->loc_type
= loc_type
;
2112 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= next
)
2114 next
= value_next (v
);
2119 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
2120 above left it without any location set up. But,
2121 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
2122 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
2123 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->base
.loc
== NULL
)
2125 struct breakpoint
*base
= &b
->base
;
2126 base
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (base
);
2127 base
->loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
2128 base
->loc
->address
= -1;
2129 base
->loc
->length
= -1;
2130 base
->loc
->watchpoint_type
= -1;
2133 else if (!within_current_scope
)
2135 printf_filtered (_("\
2136 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
2137 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
2139 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
2142 /* Restore the selected frame. */
2144 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id
));
2148 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
2149 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
2150 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
2151 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
2152 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
2154 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2156 if (bl
->owner
== NULL
|| !breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
))
2159 if (bl
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2162 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
|| bl
->duplicate
)
2165 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl
->owner
) && bl
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
2168 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2169 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2170 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2171 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2172 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2173 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2174 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2175 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2176 if (bl
->pspace
->breakpoints_not_allowed
)
2179 /* Don't insert a breakpoint if we're trying to step past its
2181 if ((bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2182 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2183 && stepping_past_instruction_at (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
2188 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
,
2189 "infrun: skipping breakpoint: "
2190 "stepping past insn at: %s\n",
2191 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2196 /* Don't insert watchpoints if we're trying to step past the
2197 instruction that triggered one. */
2198 if ((bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
2199 && stepping_past_nonsteppable_watchpoint ())
2203 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
,
2204 "infrun: stepping past non-steppable watchpoint. "
2205 "skipping watchpoint at %s:%d\n",
2206 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
2215 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2216 that the location is not duplicated. */
2219 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2222 const int save_duplicate
= bl
->duplicate
;
2225 result
= should_be_inserted (bl
);
2226 bl
->duplicate
= save_duplicate
;
2230 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2231 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2232 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2233 any error during parsing. */
2235 static struct agent_expr
*
2236 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, struct expression
*cond
)
2238 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
= NULL
;
2243 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2244 that may show up. */
2247 aexpr
= gen_eval_for_expr (scope
, cond
);
2250 CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2252 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2253 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2254 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2259 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2263 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2264 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2265 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2266 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2267 one of them is true. */
2270 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2272 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2273 int null_condition_or_parse_error
= 0;
2274 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2275 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2277 /* Release conditions left over from a previous insert. */
2278 VEC_free (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.conditions
);
2280 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2281 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2282 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2284 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2285 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2288 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2289 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2290 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2291 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2292 response back to GDB. */
2293 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2296 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2300 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
;
2302 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2303 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2304 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2305 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2306 aexpr
= parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl
->address
, loc
->cond
);
2307 loc
->cond_bytecode
= aexpr
;
2309 /* Check if we managed to parse the conditional expression
2310 correctly. If not, we will not send this condition
2316 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2317 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2318 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2320 null_condition_or_parse_error
= 1;
2326 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2327 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2328 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2330 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2331 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2332 if (null_condition_or_parse_error
)
2334 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2337 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2339 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2341 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2344 free_agent_expr (loc
->cond_bytecode
);
2345 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
2350 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2351 for this location's address. */
2352 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2356 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2357 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2358 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2360 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later to send the
2361 conditions to the target. */
2362 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.conditions
,
2363 loc
->cond_bytecode
);
2369 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2370 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2371 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2373 static struct agent_expr
*
2374 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, char *cmd
)
2376 struct cleanup
*old_cleanups
= 0;
2377 struct expression
*expr
, **argvec
;
2378 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
= NULL
;
2379 const char *cmdrest
;
2380 const char *format_start
, *format_end
;
2381 struct format_piece
*fpieces
;
2383 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
2390 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2392 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2394 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2395 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2397 format_start
= cmdrest
;
2399 fpieces
= parse_format_string (&cmdrest
);
2401 old_cleanups
= make_cleanup (free_format_pieces_cleanup
, &fpieces
);
2403 format_end
= cmdrest
;
2405 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2406 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2408 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2410 if (!(*cmdrest
== ',' || *cmdrest
== '\0'))
2411 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2413 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2415 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2417 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2419 argvec
= (struct expression
**) alloca (strlen (cmd
)
2420 * sizeof (struct expression
*));
2423 while (*cmdrest
!= '\0')
2428 expr
= parse_exp_1 (&cmd1
, scope
, block_for_pc (scope
), 1);
2429 argvec
[nargs
++] = expr
;
2431 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2435 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2436 that may show up. */
2439 aexpr
= gen_printf (scope
, gdbarch
, 0, 0,
2440 format_start
, format_end
- format_start
,
2441 fpieces
, nargs
, argvec
);
2443 CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2445 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2446 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2447 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2452 do_cleanups (old_cleanups
);
2454 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2458 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2459 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2460 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2463 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2465 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2466 int null_command_or_parse_error
= 0;
2467 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2468 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2470 /* Release commands left over from a previous insert. */
2471 VEC_free (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.tcommands
);
2473 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2476 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2477 if (dprintf_style
!= dprintf_style_agent
)
2480 /* For now, if we have any duplicate location that isn't a dprintf,
2481 don't install the target-side commands, as that would make the
2482 breakpoint not be reported to the core, and we'd lose
2484 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2487 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2488 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2489 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_dprintf
)
2493 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2494 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2495 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2496 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2497 response back to GDB. */
2498 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2501 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2505 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
;
2507 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2508 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2509 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2510 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2511 aexpr
= parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl
->address
,
2512 loc
->owner
->extra_string
);
2513 loc
->cmd_bytecode
= aexpr
;
2519 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2520 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2521 if (!loc
->cmd_bytecode
)
2523 null_command_or_parse_error
= 1;
2529 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2531 if (null_command_or_parse_error
)
2533 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2536 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2537 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2539 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2541 if (loc
->cmd_bytecode
== NULL
)
2544 free_agent_expr (loc
->cmd_bytecode
);
2545 loc
->cmd_bytecode
= NULL
;
2550 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2551 for this location's address. */
2552 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2555 if (loc
->owner
->extra_string
2556 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2557 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2558 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2560 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2561 to send the commands to the target. */
2562 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.tcommands
,
2566 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 0;
2567 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2568 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_dprintf
&& disconnected_dprintf
)
2569 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 1;
2572 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2573 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2574 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2575 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2578 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2579 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2581 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
2582 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
,
2583 int *disabled_breaks
,
2584 int *hw_breakpoint_error
,
2585 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
2587 enum errors bp_err
= GDB_NO_ERROR
;
2588 const char *bp_err_message
= NULL
;
2590 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2593 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2594 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2595 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2596 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2597 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2598 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2599 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2600 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2601 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2602 bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
= bl
->address
;
2603 bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
= bl
->pspace
->aspace
;
2604 bl
->target_info
.length
= bl
->length
;
2606 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2607 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2608 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2609 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2611 if (is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2613 build_target_condition_list (bl
);
2614 build_target_command_list (bl
);
2615 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2616 bl
->needs_update
= 0;
2619 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2620 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2622 if (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
2624 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2625 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2626 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2628 Two important cases are:
2629 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2630 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2631 hardware breakpoint.
2632 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2633 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2634 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2637 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2638 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2639 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2640 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2642 struct mem_region
*mr
2643 = lookup_mem_region (bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
);
2647 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints
)
2649 enum bp_loc_type new_type
;
2651 if (mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2652 new_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
2654 new_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
2656 if (new_type
!= bl
->loc_type
)
2658 static int said
= 0;
2660 bl
->loc_type
= new_type
;
2663 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout
,
2664 _("Note: automatically using "
2665 "hardware breakpoints for "
2666 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2671 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2672 && mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2674 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2675 _("Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2676 "Cannot set software breakpoint "
2677 "at read-only address %s\n"),
2679 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2685 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2686 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
2687 || bl
->section
== NULL
2688 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
2690 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2695 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2697 bp_err
= GENERIC_ERROR
;
2699 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2702 bp_err_message
= e
.message
;
2708 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2709 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2710 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
2712 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2713 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2714 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2715 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2716 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2720 CORE_ADDR addr
= overlay_unmapped_address (bl
->address
,
2722 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2723 bl
->overlay_target_info
= bl
->target_info
;
2724 bl
->overlay_target_info
.reqstd_address
= addr
;
2726 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2731 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
2732 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
2734 bp_err
= GENERIC_ERROR
;
2736 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2739 bp_err_message
= e
.message
;
2743 if (bp_err
!= GDB_NO_ERROR
)
2744 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2745 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2746 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2750 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2751 if (section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
2753 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2758 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2760 bp_err
= GENERIC_ERROR
;
2762 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2765 bp_err_message
= e
.message
;
2771 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2772 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2777 if (bp_err
!= GDB_NO_ERROR
)
2779 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2781 /* In some cases, we might not be able to insert a
2782 breakpoint in a shared library that has already been
2783 removed, but we have not yet processed the shlib unload
2784 event. Unfortunately, some targets that implement
2785 breakpoint insertion themselves can't tell why the
2786 breakpoint insertion failed (e.g., the remote target
2787 doesn't define error codes), so we must treat generic
2788 errors as memory errors. */
2789 if ((bp_err
== GENERIC_ERROR
|| bp_err
== MEMORY_ERROR
)
2790 && bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2791 && (solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
)
2792 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl
->pspace
,
2795 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2796 bl
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
2797 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl
->owner
);
2798 if (!*disabled_breaks
)
2800 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2801 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2803 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2804 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2805 "library breakpoints:\n");
2807 *disabled_breaks
= 1;
2808 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2809 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl
->owner
->number
);
2814 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2816 *hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
2817 *hw_bp_error_explained_already
= bp_err_message
!= NULL
;
2818 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2819 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2820 bl
->owner
->number
, bp_err_message
? ":" : ".\n");
2821 if (bp_err_message
!= NULL
)
2822 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "%s.\n", bp_err_message
);
2826 if (bp_err_message
== NULL
)
2829 = memory_error_message (TARGET_XFER_E_IO
,
2830 bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
);
2831 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
2833 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2834 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2836 bl
->owner
->number
, message
);
2837 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2841 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2842 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d: %s\n",
2857 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2858 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2859 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2860 && bl
->owner
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2864 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2865 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2867 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2869 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2870 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2871 if (val
== 1 && bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
2873 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2875 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2876 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2878 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2880 && loc
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
2881 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl
, loc
))
2885 bl
->target_info
= loc
->target_info
;
2886 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2893 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2894 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2897 /* Back to the original value. */
2898 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_read
;
2902 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2905 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
2909 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2910 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2912 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2915 bl
->owner
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2919 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2920 of catchpoint."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2922 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2925 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2927 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2928 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2929 so just return success. */
2936 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2937 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2941 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space
*pspace
)
2943 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_temp
;
2944 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2946 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2947 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_temp
)
2949 if (b
->pspace
== pspace
)
2950 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2953 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2954 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2955 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2957 struct bp_location
*tmp
;
2959 if (loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
2961 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2962 if (loc
->owner
->loc
== loc
)
2963 loc
->owner
->loc
= loc
->next
;
2965 for (tmp
= loc
->owner
->loc
; tmp
->next
!= NULL
; tmp
= tmp
->next
)
2966 if (tmp
->next
== loc
)
2968 tmp
->next
= loc
->next
;
2974 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
2975 removed locations above. */
2976 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
2979 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
2980 Throws exception on any error.
2981 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
2982 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
2984 insert_breakpoints (void)
2986 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
2988 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
2989 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
2991 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
2993 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
2996 /* Updating watchpoints creates new locations, so update the global
2997 location list. Explicitly tell ugll to insert locations and
2998 ignore breakpoints_always_inserted_mode. */
2999 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT
);
3002 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
3005 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback
)
3007 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
3009 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
3011 callback (loc
, NULL
);
3015 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
3016 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
3017 always-inserted mode. */
3020 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
3022 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3025 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
3026 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
3027 int hw_bp_details_reported
= 0;
3029 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
3030 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
3032 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
3033 there was an error. */
3034 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "Warning:\n");
3036 save_current_space_and_thread ();
3038 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3040 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
3042 if (!is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
3045 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
3046 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
3047 deletion of breakpoints. */
3048 if (!bl
->inserted
|| (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
3051 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3053 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
3054 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
3055 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
3056 insert breakpoints. */
3057 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
3058 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
3061 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
3062 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_details_reported
);
3069 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
3070 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
3073 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
3076 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
3079 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
3081 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
3082 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3085 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
3086 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
3087 int hw_bp_error_explained_already
= 0;
3089 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
3090 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
3092 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
3093 there was an error. */
3094 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "Warning:\n");
3096 save_current_space_and_thread ();
3098 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3100 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
3103 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
3104 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
3105 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3106 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1
3107 && !valid_thread_id (bl
->owner
->thread
))
3110 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3112 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
3113 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
3114 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
3115 insert breakpoints. */
3116 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
3117 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
3120 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
3121 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_error_explained_already
);
3126 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
3127 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
3128 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
3130 int some_failed
= 0;
3131 struct bp_location
*loc
;
3133 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
3136 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
3139 if (bpt
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
3142 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3143 if (!loc
->inserted
&& should_be_inserted (loc
))
3150 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3152 remove_breakpoint (loc
, mark_uninserted
);
3154 hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
3155 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
3156 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
3164 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
3165 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
3166 if (hw_breakpoint_error
&& !hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
3168 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
3169 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
3170 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
3172 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
3173 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
3176 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
3179 /* Used when the program stops.
3180 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
3181 removing a breakpoint location. */
3184 remove_breakpoints (void)
3186 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3189 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3191 if (bl
->inserted
&& !is_tracepoint (bl
->owner
))
3192 val
|= remove_breakpoint (bl
, mark_uninserted
);
3197 /* When a thread exits, remove breakpoints that are related to
3201 remove_threaded_breakpoints (struct thread_info
*tp
, int silent
)
3203 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3205 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3207 if (b
->thread
== tp
->num
&& user_breakpoint_p (b
))
3209 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
3211 printf_filtered (_("\
3212 Thread-specific breakpoint %d deleted - thread %d no longer in the thread list.\n"),
3213 b
->number
, tp
->num
);
3215 /* Hide it from the user. */
3221 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
3224 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid
)
3226 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3228 struct inferior
*inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
3230 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3232 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3235 if (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->target_info
.persist
)
3237 val
= remove_breakpoint (bl
, mark_uninserted
);
3246 reattach_breakpoints (int pid
)
3248 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3249 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3251 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
;
3252 int dummy1
= 0, dummy2
= 0, dummy3
= 0;
3253 struct inferior
*inf
;
3254 struct thread_info
*tp
;
3256 tp
= any_live_thread_of_process (pid
);
3260 inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
3261 old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
3263 inferior_ptid
= tp
->ptid
;
3265 tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
3266 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
3268 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3270 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3276 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &dummy1
, &dummy2
, &dummy3
);
3279 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3284 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3288 static int internal_breakpoint_number
= -1;
3290 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3291 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3292 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3293 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3294 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3295 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3297 set_breakpoint_number (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
)
3300 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3303 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
3304 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
3308 static struct breakpoint
*
3309 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
3310 CORE_ADDR address
, enum bptype type
,
3311 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
3313 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
3314 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3316 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
3319 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
3320 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
3322 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
3323 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3324 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
3329 static const char *const longjmp_names
[] =
3331 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3333 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3335 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3336 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3338 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3339 struct bound_minimal_symbol overlay_msym
;
3341 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3342 struct bound_minimal_symbol longjmp_msym
[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
];
3344 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3345 int longjmp_searched
;
3347 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). */
3348 VEC (probe_p
) *longjmp_probes
;
3350 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3351 struct bound_minimal_symbol terminate_msym
;
3353 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3354 struct bound_minimal_symbol exception_msym
;
3356 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3357 int exception_searched
;
3359 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). */
3360 VEC (probe_p
) *exception_probes
;
3363 static const struct objfile_data
*breakpoint_objfile_key
;
3365 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3366 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found
;
3368 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3371 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol
*msym
)
3373 return msym
== &msym_not_found
;
3376 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3377 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3379 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*
3380 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile
*objfile
)
3382 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3384 bp_objfile_data
= objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
);
3385 if (bp_objfile_data
== NULL
)
3387 bp_objfile_data
= obstack_alloc (&objfile
->objfile_obstack
,
3388 sizeof (*bp_objfile_data
));
3390 memset (bp_objfile_data
, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data
));
3391 set_objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
, bp_objfile_data
);
3393 return bp_objfile_data
;
3397 free_breakpoint_probes (struct objfile
*obj
, void *data
)
3399 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
= data
;
3401 VEC_free (probe_p
, bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
);
3402 VEC_free (probe_p
, bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
);
3406 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3408 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3409 const char *const func_name
= "_ovly_debug_event";
3411 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3413 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3414 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3417 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3419 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
))
3422 if (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3424 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3426 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3427 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
)
3429 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3430 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3433 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= m
;
3436 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
);
3437 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3439 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3440 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3442 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_auto
)
3444 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
3445 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
3449 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3450 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
3453 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
3457 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3459 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3460 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3462 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
3464 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3466 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3468 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3470 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3473 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3474 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3476 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3478 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3480 if (!bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
)
3484 ret
= find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libc", "longjmp");
3487 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3488 struct probe
*p
= VEC_index (probe_p
, ret
, 0);
3490 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p
))
3492 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3493 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3494 VEC_free (probe_p
, ret
);
3498 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
= ret
;
3499 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
= 1;
3502 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
!= NULL
)
3505 struct probe
*probe
;
3506 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3509 VEC_iterate (probe_p
,
3510 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
,
3514 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3516 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
,
3517 get_probe_address (probe
,
3520 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3521 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3522 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3528 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch
))
3531 for (i
= 0; i
< NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
; i
++)
3533 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3534 const char *func_name
;
3537 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
))
3540 func_name
= longjmp_names
[i
];
3541 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
== NULL
)
3543 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3545 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3546 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
)
3548 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3549 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3552 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = m
;
3555 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
]);
3556 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_longjmp_master
,
3557 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3558 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3559 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3563 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
3565 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3568 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3570 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3572 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3573 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3574 const char *const func_name
= "std::terminate()";
3576 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
3578 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3580 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3583 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3585 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3587 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3588 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3590 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3592 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
))
3595 if (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3597 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3599 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3600 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
|| (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
.minsym
) != mst_text
3601 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
.minsym
) != mst_file_text
))
3603 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3604 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3607 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= m
;
3610 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
);
3611 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3612 bp_std_terminate_master
,
3613 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3614 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3615 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3619 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
3621 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3624 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3627 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3629 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3630 const char *const func_name
= "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3632 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3634 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3635 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3636 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3639 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3641 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3642 if (!bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
)
3646 ret
= find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libgcc", "unwind");
3650 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3651 struct probe
*p
= VEC_index (probe_p
, ret
, 0);
3653 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p
))
3655 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3656 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3657 VEC_free (probe_p
, ret
);
3661 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
= ret
;
3662 bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
= 1;
3665 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
!= NULL
)
3667 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3669 struct probe
*probe
;
3672 VEC_iterate (probe_p
,
3673 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
,
3677 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3679 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
,
3680 get_probe_address (probe
,
3682 bp_exception_master
,
3683 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3684 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3685 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3691 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3693 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
))
3696 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3698 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3700 struct bound_minimal_symbol debug_hook
;
3702 debug_hook
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3703 if (debug_hook
.minsym
== NULL
)
3705 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3709 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= debug_hook
;
3712 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
);
3713 addr
= gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch
, addr
,
3715 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_exception_master
,
3716 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3717 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3718 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3721 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
3725 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3727 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3728 struct bp_location
*bploc
, **bplocp_tmp
;
3730 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3731 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3732 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3733 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3734 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3735 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3736 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3737 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3738 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc
, bplocp_tmp
)
3739 if (bploc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3740 gdb_assert (!bploc
->inserted
);
3742 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3744 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
3747 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3748 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
3750 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3754 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3755 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
3757 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3761 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3762 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3763 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
3764 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
|| b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
3765 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
)
3767 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3771 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3772 if (b
->type
== bp_step_resume
|| b
->type
== bp_hp_step_resume
)
3774 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3778 /* Just like single-step breakpoints. */
3779 if (b
->type
== bp_single_step
)
3781 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3785 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3787 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_longjmp_resume
3788 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3789 || b
->type
== bp_exception
|| b
->type
== bp_exception_resume
)
3791 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3795 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
3797 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3798 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3799 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3800 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3804 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3805 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3806 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3807 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3808 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3809 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3811 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3812 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3813 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3814 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3815 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3816 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3817 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3819 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3820 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3821 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3822 let finish_command delete it.
3824 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3825 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3826 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3827 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3828 solib breakpoints.) */
3830 if (b
->type
== bp_finish
)
3835 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3836 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3838 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
3840 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3847 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid
)
3849 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3851 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
3852 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
3854 if (ptid_get_pid (ptid
) == ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
))
3855 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3857 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3858 inferior_ptid
= ptid
;
3859 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3861 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3864 /* This function must physically remove breakpoints locations
3865 from the specified ptid, without modifying the breakpoint
3866 package's state. Locations of type bp_loc_other are only
3867 maintained at GDB side. So, there is no need to remove
3868 these bp_loc_other locations. Moreover, removing these
3869 would modify the breakpoint package's state. */
3870 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_other
)
3874 val
|= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, mark_inserted
);
3877 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3881 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3882 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3883 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3884 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3885 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3888 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*bl
, insertion_state_t is
)
3892 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3893 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3895 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3896 This should not ever happen. */
3897 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3899 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3900 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3902 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3903 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3904 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3906 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3907 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
3908 || bl
->section
== NULL
3909 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
3911 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3913 /* If we're trying to uninsert a memory breakpoint that we
3914 know is set in a dynamic object that is marked
3915 shlib_disabled, then either the dynamic object was
3916 removed with "remove-symbol-file" or with
3917 "nosharedlibrary". In the former case, we don't know
3918 whether another dynamic object might have loaded over the
3919 breakpoint's address -- the user might well let us know
3920 about it next with add-symbol-file (the whole point of
3921 add-symbol-file is letting the user manually maintain a
3922 list of dynamically loaded objects). If we have the
3923 breakpoint's shadow memory, that is, this is a software
3924 breakpoint managed by GDB, check whether the breakpoint
3925 is still inserted in memory, to avoid overwriting wrong
3926 code with stale saved shadow contents. Note that HW
3927 breakpoints don't have shadow memory, as they're
3928 implemented using a mechanism that is not dependent on
3929 being able to modify the target's memory, and as such
3930 they should always be removed. */
3931 if (bl
->shlib_disabled
3932 && bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
!= 0
3933 && !memory_validate_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
))
3936 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3940 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3941 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3942 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
3944 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3945 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3947 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3948 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3949 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3950 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3951 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
3953 target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3954 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
3956 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3957 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3960 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3961 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3962 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3963 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3965 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3966 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3967 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3968 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3969 || section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3970 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3976 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
3981 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint in
3982 a shared library that has already been removed, but we have
3983 not yet processed the shlib unload event. Similarly for an
3984 unloaded add-symbol-file object - the user might not yet have
3985 had the chance to remove-symbol-file it. shlib_disabled will
3986 be set if the library/object has already been removed, but
3987 the breakpoint hasn't been uninserted yet, e.g., after
3988 "nosharedlibrary" or "remove-symbol-file" with breakpoints
3989 always-inserted mode. */
3991 && (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3992 && (bl
->shlib_disabled
3993 || solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
)
3994 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl
->pspace
,
4000 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
4002 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
4004 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
4005 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
4007 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
4008 bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
4010 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
4011 if ((is
== mark_uninserted
) && (bl
->inserted
))
4012 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
4015 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
4016 && breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4019 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
4020 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
4022 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
4026 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
4033 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, insertion_state_t is
)
4036 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
4038 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
4039 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
4041 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
4042 This should not ever happen. */
4043 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
4045 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
4047 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
4049 ret
= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, is
);
4051 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
4055 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
4058 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
4060 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4062 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4063 if (bl
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
4067 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
4068 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
4070 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
4073 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
4074 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
4075 init_wait_for_inferior). */
4080 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context
)
4082 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
4083 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4085 struct program_space
*pspace
= current_program_space
;
4087 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
4089 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
4092 mark_breakpoints_out ();
4094 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
4096 if (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
!= pspace
)
4102 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
4104 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
4105 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
4108 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
4110 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
4112 case bp_shlib_event
:
4114 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
4115 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
4116 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
4117 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
4118 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
4120 (gdb) file prog-linux
4121 (gdb) run # native linux target
4124 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
4125 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
4128 case bp_step_resume
:
4130 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
4132 case bp_single_step
:
4134 /* Also remove single-step breakpoints. */
4136 delete_breakpoint (b
);
4140 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
4141 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
4142 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
4144 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4146 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
4147 if (w
->exp_valid_block
!= NULL
)
4148 delete_breakpoint (b
);
4149 else if (context
== inf_starting
)
4151 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
4152 insert_breakpoints. */
4154 value_free (w
->val
);
4165 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
4166 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, bl
); ++ix
)
4167 decref_bp_location (&bl
);
4168 VEC_free (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
);
4171 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
4172 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
4173 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
4174 match, not program space. */
4176 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
4177 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
4178 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
4179 permanent breakpoint.
4180 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
4181 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
4182 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
4183 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
4184 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
4186 enum breakpoint_here
4187 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4189 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4190 int any_breakpoint_here
= 0;
4192 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4194 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4195 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4198 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4199 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4201 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4203 if (overlay_debugging
4204 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4205 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4206 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4207 else if (bl
->permanent
)
4208 return permanent_breakpoint_here
;
4210 any_breakpoint_here
= 1;
4214 return any_breakpoint_here
? ordinary_breakpoint_here
: 0;
4217 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
4220 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4222 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4225 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
4226 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
4232 /* Returns non-zero iff BL is inserted at PC, in address space
4236 bp_location_inserted_here_p (struct bp_location
*bl
,
4237 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4240 && breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
4243 if (overlay_debugging
4244 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4245 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4246 return 0; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4253 /* Returns non-zero iff there's a breakpoint inserted at PC. */
4256 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4258 struct bp_location
**blp
, **blp_tmp
= NULL
;
4259 struct bp_location
*bl
;
4261 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp
, blp_tmp
, pc
)
4263 struct bp_location
*bl
= *blp
;
4265 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4266 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4269 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4275 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
4279 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4282 struct bp_location
**blp
, **blp_tmp
= NULL
;
4283 struct bp_location
*bl
;
4285 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp
, blp_tmp
, pc
)
4287 struct bp_location
*bl
= *blp
;
4289 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
4292 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4299 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4302 hardware_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4305 struct bp_location
**blp
, **blp_tmp
= NULL
;
4306 struct bp_location
*bl
;
4308 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp
, blp_tmp
, pc
)
4310 struct bp_location
*bl
= *blp
;
4312 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4315 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4323 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4324 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
4326 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
4328 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
4330 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4332 if (bpt
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
4333 && bpt
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
)
4336 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
4339 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4340 if (loc
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
&& loc
->inserted
)
4344 /* Check for intersection. */
4345 l
= max (loc
->address
, addr
);
4346 h
= min (loc
->address
+ loc
->length
, addr
+ len
);
4355 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4359 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*ep
)
4361 return (ep
->type
== bp_catchpoint
);
4364 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4368 bpstat_free (bpstat bs
)
4370 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4371 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
4372 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
4373 decref_bp_location (&bs
->bp_location_at
);
4377 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4378 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4381 bpstat_clear (bpstat
*bsp
)
4398 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4399 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4402 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs
)
4406 bpstat retval
= NULL
;
4411 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4413 tmp
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp
));
4414 memcpy (tmp
, bs
, sizeof (*tmp
));
4415 incref_counted_command_line (tmp
->commands
);
4416 incref_bp_location (tmp
->bp_location_at
);
4417 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4419 tmp
->old_val
= value_copy (bs
->old_val
);
4420 release_value (tmp
->old_val
);
4424 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4434 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4437 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp
, struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
)
4442 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4444 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== breakpoint
)
4450 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4453 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat bsp
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
4455 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4457 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
4459 /* A moribund location can never explain a signal other than
4461 if (sig
== GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
4466 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
->ops
->explains_signal (bsp
->breakpoint_at
,
4475 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4476 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4477 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4478 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4480 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4481 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4483 Return 1 otherwise. */
4486 bpstat_num (bpstat
*bsp
, int *num
)
4488 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4491 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4493 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4494 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4495 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4496 b
= (*bsp
)->breakpoint_at
;
4497 *bsp
= (*bsp
)->next
;
4499 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4501 *num
= b
->number
; /* We have its number */
4505 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4508 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4510 struct thread_info
*tp
;
4513 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
4516 tp
= find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid
);
4520 for (bs
= tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4522 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
4524 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4526 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
4532 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4535 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4537 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
4539 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
4541 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4542 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4543 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4544 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4545 if (tp
->control
.in_infcall
)
4549 breakpoint_proceeded
= 1;
4552 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
4555 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore
)
4557 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 0;
4560 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4561 or its equivalent. */
4564 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line
*cmd
)
4566 return cmd
&& (strcmp ("silent", cmd
->line
) == 0);
4569 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4570 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4571 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4572 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4574 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4575 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4576 bpstat of the current thread. */
4579 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat
*bsp
)
4582 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
4585 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4587 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
4590 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 1;
4591 old_chain
= make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints
, 0);
4593 prevent_dont_repeat ();
4595 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4598 breakpoint_proceeded
= 0;
4599 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4601 struct counted_command_line
*ccmd
;
4602 struct command_line
*cmd
;
4603 struct cleanup
*this_cmd_tree_chain
;
4605 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4607 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4608 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4609 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4610 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4611 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4612 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4613 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4614 the tree when we're done. */
4615 ccmd
= bs
->commands
;
4616 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4617 this_cmd_tree_chain
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd
);
4618 cmd
= ccmd
? ccmd
->commands
: NULL
;
4619 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd
))
4621 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4627 execute_control_command (cmd
);
4629 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4635 /* We can free this command tree now. */
4636 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain
);
4638 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4640 if (interpreter_async
&& target_can_async_p ())
4641 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4642 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4643 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4646 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4647 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4648 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4649 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4650 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4651 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4652 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4653 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4654 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4655 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4656 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4657 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4658 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4663 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
4668 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4670 struct cleanup
*cleanup_if_error
= make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
4672 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4673 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
)
4674 && target_has_execution
4675 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid
)
4676 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))
4677 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
4678 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
4679 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
4680 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4681 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control
.stop_bpstat
))
4684 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error
);
4687 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4690 watchpoint_value_print (struct value
*val
, struct ui_file
*stream
)
4693 fprintf_unfiltered (stream
, _("<unreadable>"));
4696 struct value_print_options opts
;
4697 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
4698 value_print (val
, stream
, &opts
);
4702 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4703 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4704 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4705 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4708 static enum print_stop_action
4709 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
)
4711 switch (bs
->print_it
)
4714 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4715 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4719 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4720 relevant messages. */
4721 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
4724 case print_it_normal
:
4726 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4728 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4729 which has since been deleted. */
4731 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4733 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4734 return b
->ops
->print_it (bs
);
4739 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4740 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4745 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4748 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint
)
4751 = !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
);
4753 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
);
4757 if (any_added
|| any_deleted
)
4758 ui_out_text (current_uiout
,
4759 _("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4761 ui_out_text (current_uiout
,
4762 _("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4763 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4766 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
4767 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "reason",
4768 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT
));
4772 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
4776 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, _(" Inferior unloaded "));
4777 cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout
,
4780 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
,
4785 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, " ");
4786 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "library", name
);
4787 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, "\n");
4790 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
4795 struct so_list
*iter
;
4797 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
4799 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, _(" Inferior loaded "));
4800 cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout
,
4803 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
4808 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, " ");
4809 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "library", iter
->so_name
);
4810 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, "\n");
4813 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
4817 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4818 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4819 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4820 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4821 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4822 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4823 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4826 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4827 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4828 code to print the location. An example is
4829 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4831 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4832 to also print the location part of the message.
4833 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4834 don't require a location appended to the end.
4835 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4836 further info to be printed. */
4838 enum print_stop_action
4839 bpstat_print (bpstat bs
, int kind
)
4843 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4844 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4845 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4846 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4847 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4849 val
= print_bp_stop_message (bs
);
4850 if (val
== PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4851 || val
== PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4852 || val
== PRINT_NOTHING
)
4856 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4857 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4858 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4859 if (kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
4861 print_solib_event (0);
4862 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
4865 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4866 with and nothing was printed. */
4867 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4870 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero.
4871 This returns the inverse of the condition because it is called
4872 from catch_errors which returns 0 if an exception happened, and if an
4873 exception happens we want execution to stop.
4874 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
4875 "void *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
4878 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp
)
4880 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
4881 int i
= !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression
*) exp
));
4883 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4887 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4890 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location
*bl
, bpstat
**bs_link_pointer
)
4894 bs
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs
));
4896 **bs_link_pointer
= bs
;
4897 *bs_link_pointer
= &bs
->next
;
4898 bs
->breakpoint_at
= bl
->owner
;
4899 bs
->bp_location_at
= bl
;
4900 incref_bp_location (bl
);
4901 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
4902 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4904 bs
->print_it
= print_it_normal
;
4908 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4909 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4912 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
4914 int stopped_by_watchpoint
= target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4916 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4918 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint
)
4920 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4921 as not triggered. */
4923 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4925 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4927 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
4933 if (!target_stopped_data_address (¤t_target
, &addr
))
4935 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
4936 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
4938 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4940 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4942 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_unknown
;
4948 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
4949 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
4953 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4955 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4956 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4958 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
4959 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4961 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
4963 CORE_ADDR newaddr
= addr
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
4964 CORE_ADDR start
= loc
->address
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
4966 if (newaddr
== start
)
4968 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4972 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
4973 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (¤t_target
,
4977 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4986 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
4987 because of check_errors). */
4988 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
4989 #define WP_DELETED 1
4990 /* The value has changed. */
4991 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
4992 /* The value has not changed. */
4993 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
4994 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
4997 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
4998 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
5000 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
5003 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
5004 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
5007 watchpoint_check (void *p
)
5009 bpstat bs
= (bpstat
) p
;
5010 struct watchpoint
*b
;
5011 struct frame_info
*fr
;
5012 int within_current_scope
;
5014 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
5015 gdb_assert (bs
->breakpoint_at
!= NULL
);
5016 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5018 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
5019 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
5020 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
5021 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
5024 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
5025 within_current_scope
= 1;
5028 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
5029 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
5030 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (frame
);
5032 /* stack_frame_destroyed_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
5033 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
5034 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
5035 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
5036 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
5037 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
5038 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
5039 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
5040 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
5041 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
5044 fr
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
5045 within_current_scope
= (fr
!= NULL
);
5047 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
5048 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
5049 if (within_current_scope
)
5051 struct symbol
*function
;
5053 function
= get_frame_function (fr
);
5054 if (function
== NULL
5055 || !contained_in (b
->exp_valid_block
,
5056 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function
)))
5057 within_current_scope
= 0;
5060 if (within_current_scope
)
5061 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
5062 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
5067 if (within_current_scope
)
5069 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
5070 time before we return to the command level and call
5071 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
5072 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
5076 struct value
*new_val
;
5078 if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b
->base
))
5079 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
5080 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
5081 a mask watchpoint. */
5082 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
5084 mark
= value_mark ();
5085 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
, &pc
, &new_val
, NULL
, NULL
, 0);
5087 if (b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
5088 new_val
= extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b
, new_val
);
5090 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
5091 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
5092 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
5093 not what we want. */
5094 if ((b
->val
!= NULL
) != (new_val
!= NULL
)
5095 || (b
->val
!= NULL
&& !value_equal_contents (b
->val
, new_val
)))
5097 if (new_val
!= NULL
)
5099 release_value (new_val
);
5100 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5102 bs
->old_val
= b
->val
;
5105 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
5109 /* Nothing changed. */
5110 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5111 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
5116 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5118 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
5119 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
5120 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
5121 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
5122 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
5123 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
5124 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
5125 the first value assigned). */
5126 /* We print all the stop information in
5127 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
5128 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
5129 already. So we have no choice but print the information
5131 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
5133 (uiout
, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE
));
5134 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nWatchpoint ");
5135 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "wpnum", b
->base
.number
);
5137 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
5138 which its expression is valid.\n");
5140 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
5141 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->base
.commands
);
5142 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
5148 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
5149 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
5150 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
5153 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
5154 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
5155 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5157 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
5159 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
5160 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5162 return b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
5165 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
5166 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
5169 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
5171 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5172 struct watchpoint
*b
;
5174 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5175 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
5176 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5177 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5178 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5181 int must_check_value
= 0;
5183 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5184 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
5186 must_check_value
= 1;
5187 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_yes
)
5188 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
5189 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
5191 must_check_value
= 1;
5192 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_unknown
5193 && b
->base
.type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
5194 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
5195 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
5196 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
5197 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
5198 must_check_value
= 1;
5200 if (must_check_value
)
5203 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
5205 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
5206 int e
= catch_errors (watchpoint_check
, bs
, message
,
5208 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
5212 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5213 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
5217 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5220 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED
:
5221 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
5223 /* There are two cases to consider here:
5225 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
5226 In that case, trust the target, and always report
5227 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
5228 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
5229 have changed since the last time it was read, and
5230 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
5231 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
5234 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
5235 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
5238 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
5239 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
5240 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
5241 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
5243 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
5244 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
5245 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
5248 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
5249 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
5250 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
5251 changes. This still gives false positives when
5252 the program writes the same value to memory as
5253 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
5254 it for a read), but it's much better than
5257 int other_write_watchpoint
= 0;
5259 if (bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
5261 struct breakpoint
*other_b
;
5263 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b
)
5264 if (other_b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5265 || other_b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
5267 struct watchpoint
*other_w
=
5268 (struct watchpoint
*) other_b
;
5270 if (other_w
->watchpoint_triggered
5271 == watch_triggered_yes
)
5273 other_write_watchpoint
= 1;
5279 if (other_write_watchpoint
5280 || bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
)
5282 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
5283 and the value changed since the last time we
5284 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
5286 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5291 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
:
5292 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5293 || b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5295 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
5296 the value hasn't changed. */
5297 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5305 /* Error from catch_errors. */
5306 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b
->base
.number
);
5307 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
5308 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5309 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
5313 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
5315 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5316 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5317 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5318 anything for this watchpoint. */
5319 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5325 /* For breakpoints that are currently marked as telling gdb to stop,
5326 check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5327 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5328 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5331 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs
, ptid_t ptid
)
5333 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5334 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5335 int value_is_zero
= 0;
5336 struct expression
*cond
;
5338 gdb_assert (bs
->stop
);
5340 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5341 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
5342 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5343 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5344 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5346 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5347 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5348 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5350 if (frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
)
5351 && !frame_id_eq (b
->frame_id
, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5357 /* If this is a thread/task-specific breakpoint, don't waste cpu
5358 evaluating the condition if this isn't the specified
5360 if ((b
->thread
!= -1 && b
->thread
!= pid_to_thread_id (ptid
))
5361 || (b
->task
!= 0 && b
->task
!= ada_get_task_number (ptid
)))
5368 /* Evaluate extension language breakpoints that have a "stop" method
5370 bs
->stop
= breakpoint_ext_lang_cond_says_stop (b
);
5372 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5374 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5381 if (cond
&& b
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
5383 int within_current_scope
= 1;
5384 struct watchpoint
* w
;
5386 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5387 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5388 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5389 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5391 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
5393 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5394 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5398 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5399 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5400 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5401 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5402 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5404 if (w
== NULL
|| w
->cond_exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
5405 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5408 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5410 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5411 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5412 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5413 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5414 really matter which instantiation of the function
5415 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5416 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5417 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5418 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5419 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5420 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5421 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5422 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5424 frame
= block_innermost_frame (w
->cond_exp_valid_block
);
5426 select_frame (frame
);
5428 within_current_scope
= 0;
5430 if (within_current_scope
)
5432 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval
, cond
,
5433 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
5437 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5438 "in the current scope"));
5439 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5440 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5443 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5444 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5447 if (cond
&& value_is_zero
)
5451 else if (b
->ignore_count
> 0)
5455 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5457 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
5461 /* Returns true if we need to track moribund locations of LOC's type
5462 on the current target. */
5465 need_moribund_for_location_type (struct bp_location
*loc
)
5467 return ((loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
5468 && !target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ())
5469 || (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
5470 && !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ()));
5474 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
5475 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
5477 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
5478 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
5481 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
5483 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
5485 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
5486 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
5487 several reasons concurrently.)
5489 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
5490 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
5493 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space
*aspace
,
5494 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
, ptid_t ptid
,
5495 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5497 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
5498 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5499 struct bp_location
*loc
;
5500 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5501 bpstat bs_head
= NULL
, *bs_link
= &bs_head
;
5502 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
5505 int need_remove_insert
;
5508 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5509 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5510 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5511 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5512 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5513 inferior function calls. */
5517 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
5520 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5522 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5523 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5524 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5525 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5526 checked all locations already. */
5527 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
&& bl
!= b
->loc
)
5530 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
)
5533 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
5536 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5539 bs
= bpstat_alloc (bl
, &bs_link
); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5542 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5543 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5544 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5548 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5549 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5550 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5552 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
&& b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
5554 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
->related_breakpoint
;
5556 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5561 /* Check if a moribund breakpoint explains the stop. */
5562 if (!target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ()
5563 || !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ())
5565 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
5567 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, bp_addr
)
5568 && need_moribund_for_location_type (loc
))
5570 bs
= bpstat_alloc (loc
, &bs_link
);
5571 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5574 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5579 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5580 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5581 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5583 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5585 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
&& bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
5587 handle_solib_event ();
5592 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5593 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5594 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5598 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5603 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5604 b
->ops
->check_status (bs
);
5607 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs
, ptid
);
5612 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
5614 /* We will stop here. */
5615 if (b
->disposition
== disp_disable
)
5617 --(b
->enable_count
);
5618 if (b
->enable_count
<= 0)
5619 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
5624 bs
->commands
= b
->commands
;
5625 incref_counted_command_line (bs
->commands
);
5626 if (command_line_is_silent (bs
->commands
5627 ? bs
->commands
->commands
: NULL
))
5630 b
->ops
->after_condition_true (bs
);
5635 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5637 if (!bs
->stop
|| !bs
->print
)
5638 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5641 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5642 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5643 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5645 need_remove_insert
= 0;
5646 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head
))
5647 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5649 && bs
->breakpoint_at
5650 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
))
5652 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5654 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5655 need_remove_insert
= 1;
5658 if (need_remove_insert
)
5659 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
5660 else if (removed_any
)
5661 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
5667 handle_jit_event (void)
5669 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5670 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
5672 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5673 breakpoint_re_set. */
5674 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5676 frame
= get_current_frame ();
5677 gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
5679 jit_event_handler (gdbarch
);
5681 target_terminal_inferior ();
5684 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5686 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5689 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head
)
5691 struct bpstat_what retval
;
5695 retval
.main_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5696 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_NONE
;
5697 retval
.is_longjmp
= 0;
5699 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5701 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5702 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5703 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5706 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
5708 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5709 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5713 bptype
= bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
;
5720 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
5721 case bp_single_step
:
5724 case bp_shlib_event
:
5728 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5730 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5733 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5736 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
5737 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
5738 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
5742 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5744 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5748 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5749 This requires no further action. */
5753 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
5755 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5756 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
!= bp_exception
;
5758 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
5759 case bp_exception_resume
:
5760 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5761 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
== bp_longjmp_resume
;
5763 case bp_step_resume
:
5765 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
;
5768 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5769 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5772 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
5774 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME
;
5777 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5778 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5781 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
5782 case bp_thread_event
:
5783 case bp_overlay_event
:
5784 case bp_longjmp_master
:
5785 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
5786 case bp_exception_master
:
5787 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5793 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5795 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5799 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5800 This requires no further action. */
5805 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5808 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5809 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5810 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STACK_DUMMY
;
5811 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5813 case bp_std_terminate
:
5814 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5815 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5816 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STD_TERMINATE
;
5817 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5820 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
5821 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
5822 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5823 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5825 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5826 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5828 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5829 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5830 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5832 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5833 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5834 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5835 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5840 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5842 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5846 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5847 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype
);
5850 retval
.main_action
= max (retval
.main_action
, this_action
);
5853 /* These operations may affect the bs->breakpoint_at state so they are
5854 delayed after MAIN_ACTION is decided above. */
5859 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
, "bpstat_what: bp_jit_event\n");
5861 handle_jit_event ();
5864 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5866 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5872 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5873 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b
);
5875 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5876 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b
);
5884 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
5885 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
5886 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
5889 bpstat_should_step (void)
5891 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5894 if (breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
!= NULL
)
5900 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs
)
5902 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5911 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5912 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5913 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5916 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out
*uiout
, const char *col_name
)
5918 static char wrap_indent
[80];
5919 int i
, total_width
, width
, align
;
5923 for (i
= 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout
, i
, &width
, &align
, &text
); i
++)
5925 if (strcmp (text
, col_name
) == 0)
5927 gdb_assert (total_width
< sizeof wrap_indent
);
5928 memset (wrap_indent
, ' ', total_width
);
5929 wrap_indent
[total_width
] = 0;
5934 total_width
+= width
+ 1;
5940 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
5941 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
5943 "host": Host evals condition.
5944 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
5945 "target": Target evals condition.
5949 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5951 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5952 char host_evals
= 0;
5953 char target_evals
= 0;
5958 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
5961 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5962 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5963 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5965 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5967 if (bl
->cond_bytecode
)
5973 if (host_evals
&& target_evals
)
5974 return condition_evaluation_both
;
5975 else if (target_evals
)
5976 return condition_evaluation_target
;
5978 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5981 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
5982 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
5985 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location
*bl
)
5987 if (bl
&& !is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
5990 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5991 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5992 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5994 if (bl
&& bl
->cond_bytecode
)
5995 return condition_evaluation_target
;
5997 return condition_evaluation_host
;
6000 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
6003 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6004 struct bp_location
*loc
)
6006 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6007 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
6009 if (loc
!= NULL
&& loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6013 set_current_program_space (loc
->pspace
);
6015 if (b
->display_canonical
)
6016 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", b
->addr_string
);
6017 else if (loc
&& loc
->symtab
)
6020 = find_pc_sect_function (loc
->address
, loc
->section
);
6023 ui_out_text (uiout
, "in ");
6024 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
6025 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
6026 ui_out_text (uiout
, " ");
6027 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout
, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout
, "what"));
6028 ui_out_text (uiout
, "at ");
6030 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file",
6031 symtab_to_filename_for_display (loc
->symtab
));
6032 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
6034 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6035 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname",
6036 symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
));
6038 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", loc
->line_number
);
6042 struct ui_file
*stb
= mem_fileopen ();
6043 struct cleanup
*stb_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
6045 print_address_symbolic (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
, stb
,
6047 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "at", stb
);
6049 do_cleanups (stb_chain
);
6052 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "pending", b
->addr_string
);
6054 if (loc
&& is_breakpoint (b
)
6055 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
6056 && bp_condition_evaluator (b
) == condition_evaluation_both
)
6058 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (");
6059 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "evaluated-by",
6060 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc
));
6061 ui_out_text (uiout
, ")");
6064 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
6068 bptype_string (enum bptype type
)
6070 struct ep_type_description
6075 static struct ep_type_description bptypes
[] =
6077 {bp_none
, "?deleted?"},
6078 {bp_breakpoint
, "breakpoint"},
6079 {bp_hardware_breakpoint
, "hw breakpoint"},
6080 {bp_single_step
, "sw single-step"},
6081 {bp_until
, "until"},
6082 {bp_finish
, "finish"},
6083 {bp_watchpoint
, "watchpoint"},
6084 {bp_hardware_watchpoint
, "hw watchpoint"},
6085 {bp_read_watchpoint
, "read watchpoint"},
6086 {bp_access_watchpoint
, "acc watchpoint"},
6087 {bp_longjmp
, "longjmp"},
6088 {bp_longjmp_resume
, "longjmp resume"},
6089 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy
, "longjmp for call dummy"},
6090 {bp_exception
, "exception"},
6091 {bp_exception_resume
, "exception resume"},
6092 {bp_step_resume
, "step resume"},
6093 {bp_hp_step_resume
, "high-priority step resume"},
6094 {bp_watchpoint_scope
, "watchpoint scope"},
6095 {bp_call_dummy
, "call dummy"},
6096 {bp_std_terminate
, "std::terminate"},
6097 {bp_shlib_event
, "shlib events"},
6098 {bp_thread_event
, "thread events"},
6099 {bp_overlay_event
, "overlay events"},
6100 {bp_longjmp_master
, "longjmp master"},
6101 {bp_std_terminate_master
, "std::terminate master"},
6102 {bp_exception_master
, "exception master"},
6103 {bp_catchpoint
, "catchpoint"},
6104 {bp_tracepoint
, "tracepoint"},
6105 {bp_fast_tracepoint
, "fast tracepoint"},
6106 {bp_static_tracepoint
, "static tracepoint"},
6107 {bp_dprintf
, "dprintf"},
6108 {bp_jit_event
, "jit events"},
6109 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
6110 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
6113 if (((int) type
>= (sizeof (bptypes
) / sizeof (bptypes
[0])))
6114 || ((int) type
!= bptypes
[(int) type
].type
))
6115 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
6116 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
6119 return bptypes
[(int) type
].description
;
6122 /* For MI, output a field named 'thread-groups' with a list as the value.
6123 For CLI, prefix the list with the string 'inf'. */
6126 output_thread_groups (struct ui_out
*uiout
,
6127 const char *field_name
,
6131 struct cleanup
*back_to
;
6132 int is_mi
= ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
);
6136 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6137 there are several. Always display them for MI. */
6138 if (!is_mi
&& mi_only
)
6141 back_to
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (uiout
, field_name
);
6143 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (int, inf_num
, i
, inf
); ++i
)
6149 xsnprintf (mi_group
, sizeof (mi_group
), "i%d", inf
);
6150 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, NULL
, mi_group
);
6155 ui_out_text (uiout
, " inf ");
6157 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
6159 ui_out_text (uiout
, plongest (inf
));
6163 do_cleanups (back_to
);
6166 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
6169 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6170 struct bp_location
*loc
,
6172 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6175 struct command_line
*l
;
6176 static char bpenables
[] = "nynny";
6178 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6179 int header_of_multiple
= 0;
6180 int part_of_multiple
= (loc
!= NULL
);
6181 struct value_print_options opts
;
6183 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6185 gdb_assert (!loc
|| loc_number
!= 0);
6186 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
6187 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
6190 && (b
->loc
->next
!= NULL
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
)))
6191 header_of_multiple
= 1;
6199 if (part_of_multiple
)
6202 formatted
= xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b
->number
, loc_number
);
6203 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "number", formatted
);
6208 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
6213 if (part_of_multiple
)
6214 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "type");
6216 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "type", bptype_string (b
->type
));
6220 if (part_of_multiple
)
6221 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "disp");
6223 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
6228 if (part_of_multiple
)
6229 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "enabled", loc
->enabled
? "y" : "n");
6231 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout
, "enabled", "%c",
6232 bpenables
[(int) b
->enable_state
]);
6233 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 2);
6237 if (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_one
!= NULL
)
6239 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
6240 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
6241 make sure there's just one location. */
6242 gdb_assert (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
6243 b
->ops
->print_one (b
, last_loc
);
6249 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
6250 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
6254 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
6255 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
6256 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
6258 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6260 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6261 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6262 is relatively readable). */
6263 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6264 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
6266 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", w
->exp_string
);
6271 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
6272 case bp_single_step
:
6276 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
6277 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
6279 case bp_exception_resume
:
6280 case bp_step_resume
:
6281 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
6282 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
6284 case bp_std_terminate
:
6285 case bp_shlib_event
:
6286 case bp_thread_event
:
6287 case bp_overlay_event
:
6288 case bp_longjmp_master
:
6289 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
6290 case bp_exception_master
:
6292 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
6293 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
6296 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
6297 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
6298 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6301 if (header_of_multiple
)
6302 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
6303 else if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6304 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<PENDING>");
6306 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "addr",
6307 loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
6310 if (!header_of_multiple
)
6311 print_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
);
6318 if (loc
!= NULL
&& !header_of_multiple
)
6320 struct inferior
*inf
;
6321 VEC(int) *inf_num
= NULL
;
6326 if (inf
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
)
6327 VEC_safe_push (int, inf_num
, inf
->num
);
6330 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6331 there are several. Always display for MI. */
6333 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6334 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
6335 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
6336 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
6337 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
6338 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
))
6340 output_thread_groups (uiout
, "thread-groups", inf_num
, mi_only
);
6341 VEC_free (int, inf_num
);
6344 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6346 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6348 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
6349 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
6350 ui_out_text (uiout
, " thread ");
6351 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
6353 else if (b
->task
!= 0)
6355 ui_out_text (uiout
, " task ");
6356 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "task", b
->task
);
6360 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6362 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6363 b
->ops
->print_one_detail (b
, uiout
);
6365 if (part_of_multiple
&& frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
))
6368 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6369 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6371 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "frame",
6372 b
->gdbarch
, b
->frame_id
.stack_addr
);
6373 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6376 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->cond_string
)
6379 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6380 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttrace only if ");
6382 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only if ");
6383 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "cond", b
->cond_string
);
6385 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6386 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6387 if (is_breakpoint (b
)
6388 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6389 == condition_evaluation_target
)
6391 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (");
6392 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "evaluated-by",
6393 bp_condition_evaluator (b
));
6394 ui_out_text (uiout
, " evals)");
6396 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6399 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->thread
!= -1)
6401 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6402 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in thread ");
6403 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
6404 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6407 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6411 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6412 if (is_catchpoint (b
))
6413 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tcatchpoint");
6414 else if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6415 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttracepoint");
6417 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tbreakpoint");
6418 ui_out_text (uiout
, " already hit ");
6419 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
6420 if (b
->hit_count
== 1)
6421 ui_out_text (uiout
, " time\n");
6423 ui_out_text (uiout
, " times\n");
6427 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6428 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6429 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
6433 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->ignore_count
)
6436 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tignore next ");
6437 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "ignore", b
->ignore_count
);
6438 ui_out_text (uiout
, " hits\n");
6441 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6442 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6443 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6444 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->enable_count
> 1)
6447 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tdisable after ");
6448 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6449 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6450 if (b
->ignore_count
)
6451 ui_out_text (uiout
, "additional ");
6453 ui_out_text (uiout
, "next ");
6454 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "enable", b
->enable_count
);
6455 ui_out_text (uiout
, " hits\n");
6458 if (!part_of_multiple
&& is_tracepoint (b
))
6460 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6462 if (tp
->traceframe_usage
)
6464 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttrace buffer usage ");
6465 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "traceframe-usage", tp
->traceframe_usage
);
6466 ui_out_text (uiout
, " bytes\n");
6470 l
= b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
6471 if (!part_of_multiple
&& l
)
6473 struct cleanup
*script_chain
;
6476 script_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "script");
6477 print_command_lines (uiout
, l
, 4);
6478 do_cleanups (script_chain
);
6481 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6483 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6485 if (!part_of_multiple
&& t
->pass_count
)
6487 annotate_field (10);
6488 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tpass count ");
6489 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "pass", t
->pass_count
);
6490 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
6493 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6495 if (!header_of_multiple
&& loc
!= NULL
&& !loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6497 annotate_field (11);
6499 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6500 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "installed",
6501 loc
->inserted
? "y" : "n");
6505 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\t");
6507 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tnot ");
6508 ui_out_text (uiout
, "installed on target\n");
6513 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
) && !part_of_multiple
)
6515 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
6517 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6519 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", w
->exp_string
);
6521 else if (b
->addr_string
)
6522 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", b
->addr_string
);
6527 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6528 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6531 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
;
6532 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6534 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "bkpt");
6536 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, NULL
, 0, last_loc
, allflag
);
6537 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
6539 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6540 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6541 locations, if any. */
6542 if (b
->ops
== NULL
|| b
->ops
->print_one
== NULL
)
6544 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6545 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6546 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6549 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6550 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
6552 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
6553 && (b
->loc
->next
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
))
6555 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6558 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
, ++n
)
6560 struct cleanup
*inner2
=
6561 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, NULL
);
6562 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, n
, last_loc
, allflag
);
6563 do_cleanups (inner2
);
6570 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6572 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6573 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6575 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
6579 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
6580 an address to print. */
6581 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& loc
->watchpoint_type
== -1)
6584 addr_bit
= gdbarch_addr_bit (loc
->gdbarch
);
6585 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6586 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6589 return print_address_bits
;
6592 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
6598 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, void *data
)
6600 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
*args
= data
;
6601 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6602 struct bp_location
*dummy_loc
= NULL
;
6606 if (args
->bnum
== b
->number
)
6608 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &dummy_loc
, 0);
6616 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, int bnum
,
6617 char **error_message
)
6619 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args
;
6622 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
6624 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout
, do_captured_breakpoint_query
, &args
,
6625 error_message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
) < 0)
6631 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6632 internal or momentary. */
6635 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6637 return b
->number
> 0;
6640 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6641 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6642 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6643 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6644 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6645 breakpoints listed. */
6648 breakpoint_1 (char *args
, int allflag
,
6649 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
6651 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6652 struct bp_location
*last_loc
= NULL
;
6653 int nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6654 struct cleanup
*bkpttbl_chain
;
6655 struct value_print_options opts
;
6656 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6657 int print_type_col_width
= 14;
6658 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6660 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6662 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6663 required for address fields. */
6664 nr_printable_breakpoints
= 0;
6667 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6668 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6671 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6672 accept. Skip the others. */
6673 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6675 if (allflag
&& parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6677 if (!allflag
&& !number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6681 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6683 int addr_bit
, type_len
;
6685 addr_bit
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
6686 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6687 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6689 type_len
= strlen (bptype_string (b
->type
));
6690 if (type_len
> print_type_col_width
)
6691 print_type_col_width
= type_len
;
6693 nr_printable_breakpoints
++;
6697 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6699 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 6,
6700 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6704 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 5,
6705 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6708 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6709 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6710 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6712 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 7, ui_left
, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6713 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6715 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, print_type_col_width
, ui_left
,
6716 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6717 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6719 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 4, ui_left
, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6720 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6722 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 3, ui_left
, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6723 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6725 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6727 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
6728 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 10, ui_left
,
6729 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6731 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 18, ui_left
,
6732 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6734 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6736 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 40, ui_noalign
, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6737 ui_out_table_body (uiout
);
6738 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6739 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6744 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6745 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6748 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6749 accept. Skip the others. */
6751 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6753 if (allflag
) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6755 if (parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6758 else /* all others */
6760 if (!number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6764 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6766 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6767 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &last_loc
, allflag
);
6770 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain
);
6772 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
== 0)
6774 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6778 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6779 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6781 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0,
6782 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6788 if (last_loc
&& !server_command
)
6789 set_next_address (last_loc
->gdbarch
, last_loc
->address
);
6792 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6793 there have been breakpoints? */
6794 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6796 return nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6799 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6800 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6803 default_collect_info (void)
6805 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6807 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6808 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6810 if (!*default_collect
)
6813 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6815 ui_out_text (uiout
, "default collect ");
6816 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "default-collect", default_collect
);
6817 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
6821 breakpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6823 breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, NULL
);
6825 default_collect_info ();
6829 watchpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6831 int num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_watchpoint
);
6832 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6834 if (num_printed
== 0)
6836 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6837 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
6839 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
6844 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6846 breakpoint_1 (args
, 1, NULL
);
6848 default_collect_info ();
6852 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6853 struct program_space
*pspace
,
6854 CORE_ADDR pc
, struct obj_section
*section
)
6856 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
6858 for (; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
6860 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
6861 && bl
->address
== pc
6862 && (!overlay_debugging
|| bl
->section
== section
))
6868 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6869 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6873 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6874 struct program_space
*pspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
6875 struct obj_section
*section
, int thread
)
6878 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6881 others
+= (user_breakpoint_p (b
)
6882 && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
));
6886 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6887 else /* if (others == ???) */
6888 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6890 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
) && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
))
6893 printf_filtered ("%d", b
->number
);
6894 if (b
->thread
== -1 && thread
!= -1)
6895 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
6896 else if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6897 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b
->thread
);
6898 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
6899 ((b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
6900 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
6904 : ((others
== 1) ? " and" : ""));
6906 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
6907 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch
, pc
), gdb_stdout
);
6908 printf_filtered (".\n");
6913 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
6914 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
6915 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
6916 (or use it for any other purpose either).
6918 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
6919 always have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark
6920 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
6921 breakpoint at address zero:
6929 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
6931 enum bptype type
= bpt
->type
;
6933 return (type
!= bp_watchpoint
&& type
!= bp_catchpoint
);
6936 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
6937 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
6940 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6941 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6943 struct watchpoint
*w1
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc1
->owner
;
6944 struct watchpoint
*w2
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc2
->owner
;
6946 /* Both of them must exist. */
6947 gdb_assert (w1
!= NULL
);
6948 gdb_assert (w2
!= NULL
);
6950 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
6951 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
6952 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
6953 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
6954 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
6955 other watchpoint. */
6957 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1
->address
,
6959 loc1
->watchpoint_type
,
6962 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2
->address
,
6964 loc2
->watchpoint_type
,
6968 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
6969 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
6970 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
6971 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
6972 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
6973 become hw_access locations later. */
6974 return (loc1
->owner
->type
== loc2
->owner
->type
6975 && loc1
->pspace
->aspace
== loc2
->pspace
->aspace
6976 && loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
6977 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
6980 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6983 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
6984 struct address_space
*aspace2
, CORE_ADDR addr2
)
6986 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6987 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
6991 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
6992 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
6993 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
6994 space doesn't really matter. */
6997 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
6998 int len1
, struct address_space
*aspace2
,
7001 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
7002 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
7003 && addr2
>= addr1
&& addr2
< addr1
+ len1
);
7006 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
7007 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
7008 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
7009 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
7012 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
7013 struct address_space
*aspace
,
7016 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
7019 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
7020 bl
->address
, bl
->length
,
7024 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
7025 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
7026 true, otherwise returns false. */
7029 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
7030 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
7032 if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) && is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
7033 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
7034 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
7035 different locations. */
7036 return (loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
&& loc1
->owner
== loc2
->owner
);
7041 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
7042 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
7043 represent the same location. */
7046 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
7047 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
7049 int hw_point1
, hw_point2
;
7051 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
7052 gdb_assert (loc1
->owner
!= NULL
);
7053 gdb_assert (loc2
->owner
!= NULL
);
7055 hw_point1
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1
->owner
);
7056 hw_point2
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
);
7058 if (hw_point1
!= hw_point2
)
7061 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
7062 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) || is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
7063 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
7065 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
7066 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1
->pspace
->aspace
, loc1
->address
,
7067 loc2
->pspace
->aspace
, loc2
->address
)
7068 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
7072 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr
, CORE_ADDR to_addr
,
7073 int bnum
, int have_bnum
)
7075 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
7076 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
7080 strcpy (astr1
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr
, 8));
7081 strcpy (astr2
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr
, 8));
7083 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
7084 bnum
, astr1
, astr2
);
7086 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1
, astr2
);
7089 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
7090 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
7091 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
7092 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
7095 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7096 CORE_ADDR bpaddr
, enum bptype bptype
)
7098 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch
))
7100 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
7103 else if (bptype
== bp_watchpoint
7104 || bptype
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
7105 || bptype
== bp_read_watchpoint
7106 || bptype
== bp_access_watchpoint
7107 || bptype
== bp_catchpoint
)
7109 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
7110 have their addresses modified. */
7113 else if (bptype
== bp_single_step
)
7115 /* Single-step breakpoints should not have their addresses
7116 modified. If there's any architectural constrain that
7117 applies to this address, then it should have already been
7118 taken into account when the breakpoint was created in the
7119 first place. If we didn't do this, stepping through e.g.,
7120 Thumb-2 IT blocks would break. */
7125 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr
;
7127 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
7128 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
7129 adjusted_bpaddr
= gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch
, bpaddr
);
7131 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
7132 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
7134 if (adjusted_bpaddr
!= bpaddr
)
7135 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr
, adjusted_bpaddr
, 0, 0);
7137 return adjusted_bpaddr
;
7142 init_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
, const struct bp_location_ops
*ops
,
7143 struct breakpoint
*owner
)
7145 memset (loc
, 0, sizeof (*loc
));
7147 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
7152 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
7153 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 0;
7156 switch (owner
->type
)
7159 case bp_single_step
:
7163 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
7164 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
7166 case bp_exception_resume
:
7167 case bp_step_resume
:
7168 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
7169 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
7171 case bp_std_terminate
:
7172 case bp_shlib_event
:
7173 case bp_thread_event
:
7174 case bp_overlay_event
:
7176 case bp_longjmp_master
:
7177 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
7178 case bp_exception_master
:
7179 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
7180 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
7182 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
7183 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7185 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
7186 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
7187 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7189 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
7190 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
7191 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
7192 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
;
7197 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
7198 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
7199 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_other
;
7202 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
7208 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
7210 static struct bp_location
*
7211 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
7213 return bpt
->ops
->allocate_location (bpt
);
7217 free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
)
7219 loc
->ops
->dtor (loc
);
7223 /* Increment reference count. */
7226 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7231 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
7232 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
7235 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**blp
)
7237 gdb_assert ((*blp
)->refc
> 0);
7239 if (--(*blp
)->refc
== 0)
7240 free_bp_location (*blp
);
7244 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
7247 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7249 struct breakpoint
*b1
;
7251 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
7252 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
7254 b1
= breakpoint_chain
;
7256 breakpoint_chain
= b
;
7265 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
7268 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
7269 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7271 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7273 memset (b
, 0, sizeof (*b
));
7275 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
7279 b
->gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
7280 b
->language
= current_language
->la_language
;
7281 b
->input_radix
= input_radix
;
7283 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7286 b
->ignore_count
= 0;
7288 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
7289 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
7290 b
->py_bp_object
= NULL
;
7291 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
7294 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
7295 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
7297 static struct breakpoint
*
7298 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7300 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7302 struct breakpoint
*b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
7304 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7305 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
7309 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
7310 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
7314 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location
*loc
, int explicit_loc
)
7316 gdb_assert (loc
->owner
!= NULL
);
7318 if (loc
->owner
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7319 || loc
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
7320 || is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
7323 const char *function_name
;
7324 CORE_ADDR func_addr
;
7326 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc
->address
, &function_name
,
7327 &func_addr
, NULL
, &is_gnu_ifunc
);
7329 if (is_gnu_ifunc
&& !explicit_loc
)
7331 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7333 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
);
7334 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (function_name
,
7335 &loc
->requested_address
))
7337 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
7338 loc
->address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc
->gdbarch
,
7339 loc
->requested_address
,
7342 else if (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& b
->loc
== loc
7343 && loc
->next
== NULL
&& b
->related_breakpoint
== b
)
7345 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
7346 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
7347 b
->type
= bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
;
7348 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
7350 loc
->related_address
= func_addr
;
7355 loc
->function_name
= xstrdup (function_name
);
7359 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7361 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
7364 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.section
->objfile
);
7366 return get_objfile_arch (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
.symtab
));
7371 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
7372 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
7373 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7375 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7376 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7377 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7380 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7381 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7382 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7384 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7386 add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
7388 if (bptype
!= bp_catchpoint
)
7389 gdb_assert (sal
.pspace
!= NULL
);
7391 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7392 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7394 if (bptype
!= bp_breakpoint
&& bptype
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7395 b
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
7398 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7399 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7400 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7401 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7402 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7403 is also returned as the value of this function.
7405 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7406 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7407 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7408 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7409 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7410 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7411 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7414 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7415 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7416 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7418 struct breakpoint
*b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
7420 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bptype
, ops
);
7421 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
7425 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7426 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7427 initiated the operation. */
7430 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info
*tp
, struct frame_id frame
)
7432 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7433 int thread
= tp
->num
;
7435 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7436 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7437 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7438 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7439 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7440 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7441 && (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
7442 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
))
7444 enum bptype type
= b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
? bp_longjmp
: bp_exception
;
7445 struct breakpoint
*clone
;
7447 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7448 after their removal. */
7449 clone
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, type
,
7450 &longjmp_breakpoint_ops
, 1);
7451 clone
->thread
= thread
;
7454 tp
->initiating_frame
= frame
;
7457 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7459 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread
)
7461 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7463 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7464 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7466 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7467 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7472 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread
)
7474 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7476 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7477 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7479 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7480 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7484 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7485 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7486 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7490 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7492 struct breakpoint
*b
, *retval
= NULL
;
7495 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
&& b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
)
7497 struct breakpoint
*new_b
;
7499 new_b
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_longjmp_call_dummy
,
7500 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
,
7502 new_b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
7504 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7506 gdb_assert (new_b
->related_breakpoint
== new_b
);
7509 new_b
->related_breakpoint
= retval
;
7510 while (retval
->related_breakpoint
!= new_b
->related_breakpoint
)
7511 retval
= retval
->related_breakpoint
;
7512 retval
->related_breakpoint
= new_b
;
7518 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7519 TP. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7522 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7523 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7527 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (struct thread_info
*tp
)
7529 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7531 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7532 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
&& b
->thread
== tp
->num
)
7534 struct breakpoint
*dummy_b
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
7536 while (dummy_b
!= b
&& dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
)
7537 dummy_b
= dummy_b
->related_breakpoint
;
7538 if (dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
7539 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b
->frame_id
) != NULL
)
7542 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b
->frame_id
, tp
->ptid
);
7544 while (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
7546 if (b_tmp
== b
->related_breakpoint
)
7547 b_tmp
= b
->related_breakpoint
->next
;
7548 delete_breakpoint (b
->related_breakpoint
);
7550 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7555 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7557 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7560 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7562 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7563 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7564 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
7569 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7571 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7574 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7576 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
7577 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
7578 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
7582 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7583 master breakpoint. */
7585 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7587 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7589 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7590 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7591 && b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
)
7593 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_std_terminate
,
7594 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
, 1);
7598 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7600 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7602 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7604 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7605 if (b
->type
== bp_std_terminate
)
7606 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7610 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7612 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7614 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_thread_event
,
7615 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7617 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7618 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7620 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
7622 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7628 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
7630 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7632 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7633 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
7634 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7635 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7638 struct lang_and_radix
7644 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7647 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7649 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7651 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_jit_event
,
7652 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7653 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7657 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7660 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7662 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7664 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7665 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7666 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7667 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7671 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7673 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7675 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7676 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7677 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7678 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7681 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7684 remove_solib_event_breakpoints_at_next_stop (void)
7686 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7688 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7689 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7690 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7691 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7694 /* Helper for create_solib_event_breakpoint /
7695 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint. Allows specifying which
7696 INSERT_MODE to pass through to update_global_location_list. */
7698 static struct breakpoint
*
7699 create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
,
7700 enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
7702 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7704 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_shlib_event
,
7705 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7706 update_global_location_list_nothrow (insert_mode
);
7711 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7713 return create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch
, address
, UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7716 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7719 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7721 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7723 /* Explicitly tell update_global_location_list to insert
7725 b
= create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch
, address
, UGLL_INSERT
);
7726 if (!b
->loc
->inserted
)
7728 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7734 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7735 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7738 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7740 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7742 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7744 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7745 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7747 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7748 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7749 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7750 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7751 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7752 if (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
7753 || (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
7754 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7755 || (is_tracepoint (b
)))
7756 && loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
7757 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7758 && solib_name_from_address (loc
->pspace
, loc
->address
)
7761 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7766 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in SOLIB upon
7767 notification of unloaded_shlib. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7768 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7771 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list
*solib
)
7773 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7774 int disabled_shlib_breaks
= 0;
7776 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
7777 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
7778 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
7779 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
7780 if (exec_bfd
!= NULL
7781 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd
) == bfd_target_aout_flavour
)
7784 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7786 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7787 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7789 if (solib
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
7790 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7791 && (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7792 || b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7793 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7794 && (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7795 || loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
))
7796 || is_tracepoint (b
))
7797 && solib_contains_address_p (solib
, loc
->address
))
7799 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7800 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7801 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7802 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7805 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7806 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
7808 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks
)
7810 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
7811 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7812 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7815 disabled_shlib_breaks
= 1;
7820 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints in OBJFILE upon
7821 notification of free_objfile. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7822 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7825 disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
7827 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7829 if (objfile
== NULL
)
7832 /* OBJF_SHARED|OBJF_USERLOADED objfiles are dynamic modules manually
7833 managed by the user with add-symbol-file/remove-symbol-file.
7834 Similarly to how breakpoints in shared libraries are handled in
7835 response to "nosharedlibrary", mark breakpoints in such modules
7836 shlib_disabled so they end up uninserted on the next global
7837 location list update. Shared libraries not loaded by the user
7838 aren't handled here -- they're already handled in
7839 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib, called by solib.c's
7840 solib_unloaded observer. We skip objfiles that are not
7841 OBJF_SHARED as those aren't considered dynamic objects (e.g. the
7843 if ((objfile
->flags
& OBJF_SHARED
) == 0
7844 || (objfile
->flags
& OBJF_USERLOADED
) == 0)
7849 struct bp_location
*loc
;
7850 int bp_modified
= 0;
7852 if (!is_breakpoint (b
) && !is_tracepoint (b
))
7855 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
7857 CORE_ADDR loc_addr
= loc
->address
;
7859 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7860 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
7863 if (loc
->shlib_disabled
!= 0)
7866 if (objfile
->pspace
!= loc
->pspace
)
7869 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7870 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
7873 if (is_addr_in_objfile (loc_addr
, objfile
))
7875 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7876 /* At this point, we don't know whether the object was
7877 unmapped from the inferior or not, so leave the
7878 inserted flag alone. We'll handle failure to
7879 uninsert quietly, in case the object was indeed
7882 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7889 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
7893 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
7895 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
7896 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
7897 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
7898 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7899 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7901 struct fork_catchpoint
7903 /* The base class. */
7904 struct breakpoint base
;
7906 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
7907 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
7908 catchpoint has triggered. */
7909 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid
;
7912 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7916 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7918 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
7921 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7925 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7927 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
7930 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7934 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7935 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
7936 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7938 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7940 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED
)
7943 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
7947 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7950 static enum print_stop_action
7951 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs
)
7953 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7954 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7955 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7957 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7958 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7959 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7961 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
7962 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7964 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
7965 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK
));
7966 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7968 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
7969 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (forked process ");
7970 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7971 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
7972 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7975 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7979 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
7981 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7982 struct value_print_options opts
;
7983 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7985 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7987 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7988 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7990 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7991 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
7993 ui_out_text (uiout
, "fork");
7994 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
7996 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
7997 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
7998 ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7999 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
8002 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8003 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "fork");
8006 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8010 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8012 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b
->number
);
8015 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8019 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8021 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch fork");
8022 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8025 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
8027 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
8029 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8033 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8035 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8038 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8042 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8044 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8047 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8051 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8052 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8053 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8055 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8057 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED
)
8060 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
8064 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8067 static enum print_stop_action
8068 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs
)
8070 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8071 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8072 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
8074 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8075 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8076 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8078 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
8079 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8081 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
8082 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK
));
8083 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8085 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8086 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (vforked process ");
8087 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
8088 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
8089 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8092 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8096 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8098 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
8099 struct value_print_options opts
;
8100 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8102 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8103 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8104 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8106 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8107 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8109 ui_out_text (uiout
, "vfork");
8110 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
8112 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
8113 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
8114 ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
8115 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
8118 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8119 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "vfork");
8122 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8126 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8128 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b
->number
);
8131 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8135 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8137 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch vfork");
8138 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8141 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
8143 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
8145 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
8146 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8147 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8148 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8149 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8151 struct solib_catchpoint
8153 /* The base class. */
8154 struct breakpoint base
;
8156 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
8157 unsigned char is_load
;
8159 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
8160 REGEX is non-NULL. */
8166 dtor_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8168 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8171 regfree (&self
->compiled
);
8172 xfree (self
->regex
);
8174 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
8178 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
8184 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
8190 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8191 struct address_space
*aspace
,
8193 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8195 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8196 struct breakpoint
*other
;
8198 if (ws
->kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
8201 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other
)
8203 struct bp_location
*other_bl
;
8205 if (other
== bl
->owner
)
8208 if (other
->type
!= bp_shlib_event
)
8211 if (self
->base
.pspace
!= NULL
&& other
->pspace
!= self
->base
.pspace
)
8214 for (other_bl
= other
->loc
; other_bl
!= NULL
; other_bl
= other_bl
->next
)
8216 if (other
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (other_bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
8225 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats
*bs
)
8227 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
8228 = (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8233 struct so_list
*iter
;
8236 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
8241 || regexec (&self
->compiled
, iter
->so_name
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
8250 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
,
8255 || regexec (&self
->compiled
, iter
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
8261 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
8264 static enum print_stop_action
8265 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs
)
8267 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8268 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8270 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8271 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8272 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8274 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
8275 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8276 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
8277 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8278 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8279 print_solib_event (1);
8280 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8284 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**locs
)
8286 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8287 struct value_print_options opts
;
8288 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8291 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8292 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8293 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8295 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8298 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8305 msg
= xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
8307 msg
= xstrdup (_("load of library"));
8312 msg
= xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
8314 msg
= xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
8316 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", msg
);
8319 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8320 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type",
8321 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8325 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8327 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8329 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b
->number
,
8330 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8334 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8336 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8338 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "%s %s",
8339 b
->disposition
== disp_del
? "tcatch" : "catch",
8340 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8342 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", self
->regex
);
8343 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
8346 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
8348 /* Shared helper function (MI and CLI) for creating and installing
8349 a shared object event catchpoint. If IS_LOAD is non-zero then
8350 the events to be caught are load events, otherwise they are
8351 unload events. If IS_TEMP is non-zero the catchpoint is a
8352 temporary one. If ENABLED is non-zero the catchpoint is
8353 created in an enabled state. */
8356 add_solib_catchpoint (char *arg
, int is_load
, int is_temp
, int enabled
)
8358 struct solib_catchpoint
*c
;
8359 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
8360 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
8364 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
8366 c
= XCNEW (struct solib_catchpoint
);
8367 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, c
);
8373 errcode
= regcomp (&c
->compiled
, arg
, REG_NOSUB
);
8376 char *err
= get_regcomp_error (errcode
, &c
->compiled
);
8378 make_cleanup (xfree
, err
);
8379 error (_("Invalid regexp (%s): %s"), err
, arg
);
8381 c
->regex
= xstrdup (arg
);
8384 c
->is_load
= is_load
;
8385 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, is_temp
, NULL
,
8386 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
);
8388 c
->base
.enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
8390 discard_cleanups (cleanup
);
8391 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
8394 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
8398 catch_load_or_unload (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int is_load
,
8399 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8402 const int enabled
= 1;
8404 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
8406 add_solib_catchpoint (arg
, is_load
, tempflag
, enabled
);
8410 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8411 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8413 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 1, command
);
8417 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8418 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8420 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 0, command
);
8423 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8424 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8425 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8426 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8429 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8430 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
8432 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8434 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8437 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
8439 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_catchpoint
, ops
);
8441 b
->cond_string
= (cond_string
== NULL
) ? NULL
: xstrdup (cond_string
);
8442 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
8446 install_breakpoint (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
, int update_gll
)
8448 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
8449 set_breakpoint_number (internal
, b
);
8450 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
8451 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
8454 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
8457 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8461 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8462 int tempflag
, char *cond_string
,
8463 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8465 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= XNEW (struct fork_catchpoint
);
8467 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
, ops
);
8469 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= null_ptid
;
8471 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
8474 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8476 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8477 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8478 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8479 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8480 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8482 struct exec_catchpoint
8484 /* The base class. */
8485 struct breakpoint base
;
8487 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8488 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8490 char *exec_pathname
;
8493 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8497 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8499 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8501 xfree (c
->exec_pathname
);
8503 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
8507 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8509 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8513 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8515 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8519 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8520 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8521 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8523 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8525 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD
)
8528 c
->exec_pathname
= xstrdup (ws
->value
.execd_pathname
);
8532 static enum print_stop_action
8533 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs
)
8535 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8536 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8537 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8539 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8540 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8541 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8543 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
8544 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8546 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
8547 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC
));
8548 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8550 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8551 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (exec'd ");
8552 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "new-exec", c
->exec_pathname
);
8553 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
8555 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8559 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8561 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8562 struct value_print_options opts
;
8563 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8565 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8567 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8568 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8569 is relatively readable). */
8570 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8571 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8573 ui_out_text (uiout
, "exec");
8574 if (c
->exec_pathname
!= NULL
)
8576 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", program \"");
8577 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", c
->exec_pathname
);
8578 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
8581 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8582 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "exec");
8586 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8588 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b
->number
);
8591 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8595 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8597 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch exec");
8598 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8601 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
8604 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8607 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8608 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8612 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
&& breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8613 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8615 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8617 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8624 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8628 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8631 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8633 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8636 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8638 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8640 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8646 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8647 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8648 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8649 types _not_ TYPE. */
8652 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
8653 enum bptype type
, int *other_type_used
)
8656 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8658 *other_type_used
= 0;
8663 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8666 if (b
->type
== type
)
8667 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (b
);
8668 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
8669 *other_type_used
= 1;
8676 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8678 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8682 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8684 b
->enable_state
= bp_call_disabled
;
8685 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8691 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8693 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8697 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
8699 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8700 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8706 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8708 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 1;
8709 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8713 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8715 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 0;
8716 breakpoint_re_set ();
8719 /* Create a new single-step breakpoint for thread THREAD, with no
8722 static struct breakpoint
*
8723 new_single_step_breakpoint (int thread
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
8725 struct breakpoint
*b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
8727 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bp_single_step
,
8728 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
8730 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8731 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
8734 gdb_assert (b
->thread
!= 0);
8736 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
8741 /* Set a momentary breakpoint of type TYPE at address specified by
8742 SAL. If FRAME_ID is valid, the breakpoint is restricted to that
8746 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, struct symtab_and_line sal
,
8747 struct frame_id frame_id
, enum bptype type
)
8749 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8751 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
8753 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id
));
8755 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
8756 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8757 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8758 b
->frame_id
= frame_id
;
8760 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
8761 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
8763 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
8764 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
8766 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8771 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
8772 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, use OPS as its
8773 breakpoint_ops, and will set enabled to LOC_ENABLED. */
8775 static struct breakpoint
*
8776 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
8778 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
8781 struct breakpoint
*copy
;
8783 copy
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig
->gdbarch
, type
, ops
);
8784 copy
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (copy
);
8785 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy
->loc
, 1);
8787 copy
->loc
->gdbarch
= orig
->loc
->gdbarch
;
8788 copy
->loc
->requested_address
= orig
->loc
->requested_address
;
8789 copy
->loc
->address
= orig
->loc
->address
;
8790 copy
->loc
->section
= orig
->loc
->section
;
8791 copy
->loc
->pspace
= orig
->loc
->pspace
;
8792 copy
->loc
->probe
= orig
->loc
->probe
;
8793 copy
->loc
->line_number
= orig
->loc
->line_number
;
8794 copy
->loc
->symtab
= orig
->loc
->symtab
;
8795 copy
->loc
->enabled
= loc_enabled
;
8796 copy
->frame_id
= orig
->frame_id
;
8797 copy
->thread
= orig
->thread
;
8798 copy
->pspace
= orig
->pspace
;
8800 copy
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8801 copy
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8802 copy
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
8804 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8808 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
8812 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*orig
)
8814 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
8818 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig
, orig
->type
, orig
->ops
, 0);
8822 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
8825 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8827 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
8829 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
8830 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
8832 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, null_frame_id
, type
);
8836 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
8839 mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8841 b
->ops
->print_mention (b
);
8842 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
8844 printf_filtered ("\n");
8848 static int bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
);
8850 static struct bp_location
*
8851 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8852 const struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
8854 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
8855 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address
;
8856 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
8858 if (loc_gdbarch
== NULL
)
8859 loc_gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
8861 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
8862 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
8863 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
8864 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
8865 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
8866 location that's only been partially initialized. */
8867 adjusted_address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch
,
8870 /* Sort the locations by their ADDRESS. */
8871 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
8872 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
&& (*tmp
)->address
<= adjusted_address
;
8873 tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
8878 loc
->requested_address
= sal
->pc
;
8879 loc
->address
= adjusted_address
;
8880 loc
->pspace
= sal
->pspace
;
8881 loc
->probe
.probe
= sal
->probe
;
8882 loc
->probe
.objfile
= sal
->objfile
;
8883 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
!= NULL
);
8884 loc
->section
= sal
->section
;
8885 loc
->gdbarch
= loc_gdbarch
;
8886 loc
->line_number
= sal
->line
;
8887 loc
->symtab
= sal
->symtab
;
8889 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc
,
8890 sal
->explicit_pc
|| sal
->explicit_line
);
8892 /* While by definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
8893 code, we don't mark the location as inserted. Normally one would expect
8894 that GDB could rely on that breakpoint instruction to stop the program,
8895 thus removing the need to insert its own breakpoint, except that executing
8896 the breakpoint instruction can kill the target instead of reporting a
8897 SIGTRAP. E.g., on SPARC, when interrupts are disabled, executing the
8898 instruction resets the CPU, so QEMU 2.0.0 for SPARC correspondingly dies
8899 with "Trap 0x02 while interrupts disabled, Error state". Letting the
8900 breakpoint be inserted normally results in QEMU knowing about the GDB
8901 breakpoint, and thus trap before the breakpoint instruction is executed.
8902 (If GDB later needs to continue execution past the permanent breakpoint,
8903 it manually increments the PC, thus avoiding executing the breakpoint
8905 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc
))
8912 /* See breakpoint.h. */
8915 program_breakpoint_here_p (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
8919 const gdb_byte
*bpoint
;
8920 gdb_byte
*target_mem
;
8921 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
8925 bpoint
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch
, &addr
, &len
);
8927 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
8931 target_mem
= alloca (len
);
8933 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
8934 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
8935 breakpoints they are permanent. */
8936 cleanup
= make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
8938 if (target_read_memory (address
, target_mem
, len
) == 0
8939 && memcmp (target_mem
, bpoint
, len
) == 0)
8942 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
8947 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
8948 return 0 otherwise. */
8951 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
)
8953 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
8956 gdb_assert (loc
!= NULL
);
8958 cleanup
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
8959 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc
->pspace
);
8961 retval
= program_breakpoint_here_p (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
8963 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
8968 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
8969 settings of the dprintf style options. */
8972 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8974 char *dprintf_args
= b
->extra_string
;
8975 char *printf_line
= NULL
;
8980 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
8982 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
8984 if (*dprintf_args
== ',')
8986 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
8988 if (*dprintf_args
!= '"')
8989 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
8991 if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_gdb
) == 0)
8992 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8993 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_call
) == 0)
8995 if (!dprintf_function
)
8996 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
8998 if (dprintf_channel
&& strlen (dprintf_channel
) > 0)
8999 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
9004 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
9008 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_agent
) == 0)
9010 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
9011 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args
);
9014 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
9015 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
9019 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
9020 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
9022 gdb_assert (printf_line
!= NULL
);
9023 /* Manufacture a printf sequence. */
9025 struct command_line
*printf_cmd_line
9026 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line
));
9028 printf_cmd_line
->control_type
= simple_control
;
9029 printf_cmd_line
->body_count
= 0;
9030 printf_cmd_line
->body_list
= NULL
;
9031 printf_cmd_line
->next
= NULL
;
9032 printf_cmd_line
->line
= printf_line
;
9034 breakpoint_set_commands (b
, printf_cmd_line
);
9038 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
9039 current style settings. */
9042 update_dprintf_commands (char *args
, int from_tty
,
9043 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
9045 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9049 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
9050 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
9054 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
9055 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
9056 as condition expression. */
9059 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9060 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, char *addr_string
,
9061 char *filter
, char *cond_string
,
9063 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9064 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9065 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9066 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
9067 int display_canonical
)
9071 if (type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
9073 int target_resources_ok
;
9075 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9076 target_resources_ok
=
9077 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
9079 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
9080 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
9081 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
9082 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9085 gdb_assert (sals
.nelts
> 0);
9087 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
9089 struct symtab_and_line sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
9090 struct bp_location
*loc
;
9094 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
9096 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
9098 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
9099 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, thread
);
9104 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
9108 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
9109 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
9110 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
9111 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
9112 b
->disposition
= disposition
;
9114 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
9115 b
->loc
->inserted
= 1;
9117 if (type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
9119 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
9120 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
9122 if (strace_marker_p (b
))
9124 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
9125 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
9126 char *p
= &addr_string
[3];
9130 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
9132 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
9134 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
9135 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= marker_str
;
9137 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9139 t
->static_trace_marker_id
);
9141 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal
.pc
, &marker
))
9143 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
9144 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
9146 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9148 t
->static_trace_marker_id
);
9151 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
9152 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
9159 loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
9160 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
9166 const char *arg
= b
->cond_string
;
9168 loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
9169 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
9171 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg
);
9174 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
9175 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
9176 if (type
== bp_dprintf
)
9178 if (b
->extra_string
)
9179 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
9181 error (_("Format string required"));
9183 else if (b
->extra_string
)
9184 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b
->extra_string
);
9187 b
->display_canonical
= display_canonical
;
9189 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
9191 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
9194 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
9199 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9200 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, char *addr_string
,
9201 char *filter
, char *cond_string
,
9203 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9204 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9205 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9206 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
9207 int display_canonical
)
9209 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9210 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9212 if (is_tracepoint_type (type
))
9214 struct tracepoint
*t
;
9216 t
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
9220 b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
9222 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, b
);
9224 init_breakpoint_sal (b
, gdbarch
,
9226 filter
, cond_string
, extra_string
,
9228 thread
, task
, ignore_count
,
9230 enabled
, internal
, flags
,
9232 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
9234 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 0);
9237 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
9238 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
9239 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
9240 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
9241 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
9242 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
9243 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
9244 we take just a single condition string.
9246 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
9247 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
9248 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
9249 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
9250 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
9253 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9254 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
9255 char *cond_string
, char *extra_string
,
9256 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9257 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9258 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9259 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
)
9262 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
9264 if (canonical
->pre_expanded
)
9265 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
) == 1);
9267 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, i
, lsal
); ++i
)
9269 /* Note that 'addr_string' can be NULL in the case of a plain
9270 'break', without arguments. */
9271 char *addr_string
= (canonical
->addr_string
9272 ? xstrdup (canonical
->addr_string
)
9274 char *filter_string
= lsal
->canonical
? xstrdup (lsal
->canonical
) : NULL
;
9275 struct cleanup
*inner
= make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string
);
9277 make_cleanup (xfree
, filter_string
);
9278 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch
, lsal
->sals
,
9281 cond_string
, extra_string
,
9283 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9284 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
9285 canonical
->special_display
);
9286 discard_cleanups (inner
);
9290 /* Parse ADDRESS which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
9291 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
9292 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
9293 address strings. ADDRESS points to the end of the SAL.
9295 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
9296 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
9299 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address
,
9300 struct linespec_result
*canonical
)
9302 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
9304 if ((*address
) == NULL
|| linespec_lexer_lex_keyword (*address
))
9306 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default breakpoint
9308 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9310 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
9311 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
9314 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
9315 lsal
.sals
.sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
9316 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
9318 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9319 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
9320 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
9321 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
9322 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
9323 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal
);
9325 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
9327 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9328 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9329 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9330 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9331 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9333 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
9335 lsal
.sals
.sals
[0] = sal
;
9336 lsal
.sals
.nelts
= 1;
9337 lsal
.canonical
= NULL
;
9339 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
9342 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9346 struct symtab_and_line cursal
= get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9348 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9349 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9350 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9351 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9353 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9354 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9355 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()
9357 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address
)[0]) != NULL
)
9358 && ((*address
)[1] != '['))))
9359 decode_line_full (address
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
9360 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9361 get_last_displayed_line (),
9362 canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9364 decode_line_full (address
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
9365 cursal
.symtab
, cursal
.line
, canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9370 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9371 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9374 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
9378 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
9379 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
->sals
[i
]);
9382 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9383 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9384 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9385 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9386 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9390 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9391 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
9394 struct symtab_and_line
*sal
;
9396 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9398 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
9400 struct gdbarch
*sarch
;
9402 sal
= &sals
->sals
[i
];
9404 sarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
9405 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9406 associated with SAL. */
9409 rslt
= gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch
, sal
->pc
, &msg
);
9410 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, msg
);
9413 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
9414 paddress (sarch
, sal
->pc
), (msg
? msg
: ""));
9416 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9420 /* Issue an invalid thread ID error. */
9422 static void ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN
9423 invalid_thread_id_error (int id
)
9425 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), id
);
9428 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9429 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9430 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9431 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9432 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9433 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9436 find_condition_and_thread (const char *tok
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
9437 char **cond_string
, int *thread
, int *task
,
9440 *cond_string
= NULL
;
9447 const char *end_tok
;
9449 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
9450 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
9452 tok
= skip_spaces_const (tok
);
9454 if ((*tok
== '"' || *tok
== ',') && rest
)
9456 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9460 end_tok
= skip_to_space_const (tok
);
9462 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
9464 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
9466 struct expression
*expr
;
9468 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
9469 expr
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, pc
, block_for_pc (pc
), 0);
9472 *cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
9474 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
9479 *thread
= strtol (tok
, &tmptok
, 0);
9481 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9482 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread
))
9483 invalid_thread_id_error (*thread
);
9486 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "task", toklen
) == 0)
9491 *task
= strtol (tok
, &tmptok
, 0);
9493 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9494 if (!valid_task_id (*task
))
9495 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task
);
9500 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9504 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9508 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9510 static struct symtabs_and_lines
9511 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (char **arg_p
)
9513 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
= NULL
;
9514 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
9515 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9516 char *p
= &(*arg_p
)[3];
9521 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
9523 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
9525 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
9526 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, marker_str
);
9528 markers
= target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str
);
9529 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
9530 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str
);
9532 sals
.nelts
= VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
);
9533 sals
.sals
= xmalloc (sizeof *sals
.sals
* sals
.nelts
);
9535 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
9537 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*marker
;
9539 marker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, i
);
9541 init_sal (&sals
.sals
[i
]);
9543 sals
.sals
[i
] = find_pc_line (marker
->address
, 0);
9544 sals
.sals
[i
].pc
= marker
->address
;
9546 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker
);
9549 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9555 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI
9556 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major
9557 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_ARG parameter. If
9558 non-zero, the function will parse ARG, extracting location,
9559 condition, thread and extra string. Otherwise, ARG is just the
9560 breakpoint's location, with condition, thread, and extra string
9561 specified by the COND_STRING, THREAD and EXTRA_STRING parameters.
9562 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be allocated
9563 from the internal breakpoint count. Returns true if any breakpoint
9564 was created; false otherwise. */
9567 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9568 char *arg
, char *cond_string
,
9569 int thread
, char *extra_string
,
9571 int tempflag
, enum bptype type_wanted
,
9573 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
,
9574 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
9575 int from_tty
, int enabled
, int internal
,
9578 char *copy_arg
= NULL
;
9579 char *addr_start
= arg
;
9580 struct linespec_result canonical
;
9581 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9582 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
= NULL
;
9585 int prev_bkpt_count
= breakpoint_count
;
9587 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
9589 init_linespec_result (&canonical
);
9593 ops
->create_sals_from_address (&arg
, &canonical
, type_wanted
,
9594 addr_start
, ©_arg
);
9596 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
9598 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set
9600 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
9602 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9605 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE
)
9606 throw_exception (e
);
9608 exception_print (gdb_stderr
, e
);
9610 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9611 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9612 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9613 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9614 bptype_string (type_wanted
)))
9617 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9618 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9619 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9620 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9622 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
9624 copy_arg
= xstrdup (addr_start
);
9625 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (copy_arg
);
9626 lsal
.sals
.nelts
= 1;
9627 lsal
.sals
.sals
= XNEW (struct symtab_and_line
);
9628 init_sal (&lsal
.sals
.sals
[0]);
9630 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, &lsal
);
9634 throw_exception (e
);
9638 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
))
9641 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
9642 old_chain
= make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical
);
9644 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
9645 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
9646 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
9647 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
9648 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, 0);
9650 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9651 are ok for the target. */
9655 struct linespec_sals
*iter
;
9657 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, ix
, iter
); ++ix
)
9658 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&iter
->sals
);
9661 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9662 if (!pending
&& type_wanted
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
9665 struct linespec_sals
*iter
;
9667 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, ix
, iter
); ++ix
)
9668 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch
, &iter
->sals
);
9671 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9672 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9679 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
9681 lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, 0);
9683 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
9684 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
9685 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
9686 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
9688 find_condition_and_thread (arg
, lsal
->sals
.sals
[0].pc
, &cond_string
,
9689 &thread
, &task
, &rest
);
9691 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9693 make_cleanup (xfree
, rest
);
9695 extra_string
= rest
;
9700 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of location"), arg
);
9702 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9705 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
9706 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9708 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9711 extra_string
= xstrdup (extra_string
);
9712 make_cleanup (xfree
, extra_string
);
9716 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, &canonical
,
9717 cond_string
, extra_string
, type_wanted
,
9718 tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
,
9719 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9720 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
);
9724 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9726 make_cleanup (xfree
, copy_arg
);
9728 if (is_tracepoint_type (type_wanted
))
9730 struct tracepoint
*t
;
9732 t
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
9736 b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
9738 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, type_wanted
, ops
);
9740 b
->addr_string
= copy_arg
;
9743 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
9744 b
->extra_string
= NULL
;
9748 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9751 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
9752 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9754 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9755 if (extra_string
!= NULL
)
9757 extra_string
= xstrdup (extra_string
);
9758 make_cleanup (xfree
, extra_string
);
9760 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
9761 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
9764 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
9765 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
9766 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 1;
9767 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
9768 if ((type_wanted
!= bp_breakpoint
9769 && type_wanted
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
) || thread
!= -1)
9770 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
9772 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 0);
9775 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) > 1)
9777 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
9778 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
9779 prev_breakpoint_count
= prev_bkpt_count
;
9782 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
9784 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
9785 /* But cleanup everything else. */
9786 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9788 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
9789 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
9794 /* Set a breakpoint.
9795 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
9796 condition, and thread.
9797 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
9798 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
9802 break_command_1 (char *arg
, int flag
, int from_tty
)
9804 int tempflag
= flag
& BP_TEMPFLAG
;
9805 enum bptype type_wanted
= (flag
& BP_HARDWAREFLAG
9806 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
9808 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
9809 const char *arg_cp
= arg
;
9811 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
9812 if (arg
&& probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp
) != NULL
)
9813 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
9815 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
9817 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9819 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
9820 tempflag
, type_wanted
,
9821 0 /* Ignore count */,
9822 pending_break_support
,
9830 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
9833 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
9837 if (sal
->pc
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9839 if (!find_line_pc (sal
->symtab
, sal
->line
, &pc
))
9840 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
9841 sal
->line
, symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal
->symtab
));
9844 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
9845 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
9846 if (sal
->explicit_line
)
9847 skip_prologue_sal (sal
);
9850 if (sal
->section
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9852 const struct blockvector
*bv
;
9853 const struct block
*b
;
9856 bv
= blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal
->pc
, 0, &b
,
9857 SYMTAB_COMPUNIT (sal
->symtab
));
9860 sym
= block_linkage_function (b
);
9863 fixup_symbol_section (sym
, SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
->symtab
));
9864 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
->symtab
),
9869 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
9870 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
9871 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
9872 happen in assembly source). */
9874 struct bound_minimal_symbol msym
;
9875 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
9877 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
->pspace
);
9879 msym
= lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal
->pc
);
9881 sal
->section
= MSYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym
.objfile
, msym
.minsym
);
9883 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9890 break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9892 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9896 tbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9898 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_TEMPFLAG
, from_tty
);
9902 hbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9904 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_HARDWAREFLAG
, from_tty
);
9908 thbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9910 break_command_1 (arg
, (BP_TEMPFLAG
| BP_HARDWAREFLAG
), from_tty
);
9914 stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9916 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
9917 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
9918 stop at <line>\n"));
9922 stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9926 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
)
9928 else if (*arg
!= '*')
9933 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
9934 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
9935 function/method name. */
9936 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
9938 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
9943 badInput
= (*argptr
!= ':'); /* Not a class::method */
9945 badInput
= isdigit (*arg
); /* a simple line number */
9949 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
9951 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9955 stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9959 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
|| *arg
== '*') /* no line number */
9966 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
9967 it is probably a line number. */
9968 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
9970 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
9975 badInput
= (*argptr
== ':'); /* we have class::method */
9977 badInput
= !isdigit (*arg
); /* not a line number */
9981 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
9983 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9986 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
9987 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
9988 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
9992 dprintf_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9994 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9996 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
9998 0 /* Ignore count */,
9999 pending_break_support
,
10000 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
,
10008 agent_printf_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10010 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
10013 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
10014 ranged breakpoints. */
10017 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
10018 struct address_space
*aspace
,
10020 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
10022 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
10023 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
10026 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
10027 bl
->length
, aspace
, bp_addr
);
10030 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10031 ranged breakpoints. */
10034 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10036 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10039 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10040 ranged breakpoints. */
10042 static enum print_stop_action
10043 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs
)
10045 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10046 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10047 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10049 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
10051 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10052 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
10054 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
10055 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
10056 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary ranged breakpoint ");
10058 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nRanged breakpoint ");
10059 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10061 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
10062 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
10063 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
10065 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
10066 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
10068 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
10071 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
10072 ranged breakpoints. */
10075 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
10076 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
10078 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10079 struct value_print_options opts
;
10080 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10082 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10083 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
10085 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
10087 if (opts
.addressprint
)
10088 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
10089 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
10090 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
10091 annotate_field (5);
10092 print_breakpoint_location (b
, bl
);
10096 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10097 ranged breakpoints. */
10100 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
10101 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
10103 CORE_ADDR address_start
, address_end
;
10104 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10105 struct ui_file
*stb
= mem_fileopen ();
10106 struct cleanup
*cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
10110 address_start
= bl
->address
;
10111 address_end
= address_start
+ bl
->length
- 1;
10113 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\taddress range: ");
10114 fprintf_unfiltered (stb
, "[%s, %s]",
10115 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_start
),
10116 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_end
));
10117 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "addr", stb
);
10118 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10120 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
10123 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10124 ranged breakpoints. */
10127 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10129 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10130 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10133 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
10135 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10138 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
10139 b
->number
, paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
10140 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
+ bl
->length
- 1));
10143 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10144 ranged breakpoints. */
10147 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10149 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break-range %s, %s", b
->addr_string
,
10150 b
->addr_string_range_end
);
10151 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10154 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
10156 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
10158 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
10159 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
10160 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
10161 last instruction of the given line. */
10164 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
10168 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
10169 find the address of the end of the given location. */
10170 if (sal
.explicit_pc
)
10177 ret
= find_line_pc_range (sal
, &start
, &end
);
10179 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10181 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
10188 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
10191 break_range_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10193 char *arg_start
, *addr_string_start
, *addr_string_end
;
10194 struct linespec_result canonical_start
, canonical_end
;
10195 int bp_count
, can_use_bp
, length
;
10197 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10198 struct symtab_and_line sal_start
, sal_end
;
10199 struct cleanup
*cleanup_bkpt
;
10200 struct linespec_sals
*lsal_start
, *lsal_end
;
10202 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
10203 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
10204 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
10206 bp_count
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
10207 bp_count
+= target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10208 can_use_bp
= target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
10210 if (can_use_bp
< 0)
10211 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
10213 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10214 if (arg
== NULL
|| arg
[0] == '\0')
10215 error(_("No address range specified."));
10217 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start
);
10220 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg
, &canonical_start
);
10222 cleanup_bkpt
= make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_start
);
10225 error (_("Too few arguments."));
10226 else if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
))
10227 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
10229 lsal_start
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
, 0);
10231 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
) > 1
10232 || lsal_start
->sals
.nelts
!= 1)
10233 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10235 sal_start
= lsal_start
->sals
.sals
[0];
10236 addr_string_start
= savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
10237 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string_start
);
10239 arg
++; /* Skip the comma. */
10240 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10242 /* Parse the end location. */
10244 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end
);
10247 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
10248 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
10249 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
10250 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
10251 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
10252 decode_line_full (&arg
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
10253 sal_start
.symtab
, sal_start
.line
,
10254 &canonical_end
, NULL
, NULL
);
10256 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_end
);
10258 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
))
10259 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10261 lsal_end
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
, 0);
10262 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
) > 1
10263 || lsal_end
->sals
.nelts
!= 1)
10264 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10266 sal_end
= lsal_end
->sals
.sals
[0];
10267 addr_string_end
= savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
10268 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string_end
);
10270 end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end
);
10271 if (sal_start
.pc
> end
)
10272 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
10274 length
= end
- sal_start
.pc
+ 1;
10276 /* Length overflowed. */
10277 error (_("Address range too large."));
10278 else if (length
== 1)
10280 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
10281 the `hbreak' command. */
10282 hbreak_command (addr_string_start
, 1);
10284 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
10289 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10290 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start
,
10291 bp_hardware_breakpoint
, &ranged_breakpoint_ops
);
10292 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
10293 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
10294 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
10295 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (addr_string_start
);
10296 b
->addr_string_range_end
= xstrdup (addr_string_end
);
10297 b
->loc
->length
= length
;
10299 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
10302 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
10303 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
10306 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
10307 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
10308 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
10312 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression
*exp
)
10314 int i
= exp
->nelts
;
10320 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
10321 operator_length (exp
, i
, &oplenp
, &argsp
);
10324 switch (exp
->elts
[i
].opcode
)
10334 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND
:
10335 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR
:
10336 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND
:
10337 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR
:
10338 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR
:
10340 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL
:
10367 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING
:
10370 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT
:
10371 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT
:
10376 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE
:
10377 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST
:
10378 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST
:
10379 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
10380 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
10381 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
10382 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
10384 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
10385 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
10390 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
10392 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
10393 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
10394 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
10395 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
10397 We also have to check for function symbols because they
10398 are always constant. */
10400 struct symbol
*s
= exp
->elts
[i
+ 2].symbol
;
10402 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_BLOCK
10403 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST
10404 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST_BYTES
)
10409 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
10410 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
10411 then it is not a constant. */
10420 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10423 dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*self
)
10425 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) self
;
10427 xfree (w
->cond_exp
);
10429 xfree (w
->exp_string
);
10430 xfree (w
->exp_string_reparse
);
10431 value_free (w
->val
);
10433 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (self
);
10436 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10439 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10441 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10443 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10444 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10446 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10447 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10448 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10449 are loaded and unloaded.
10451 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10452 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10453 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10454 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10455 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10456 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10458 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10459 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10460 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10461 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10463 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10464 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10466 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10467 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10468 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
10471 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10474 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10476 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10477 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10479 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10483 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10486 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10488 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10489 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10491 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10496 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
10497 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
10498 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
10500 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
10501 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10503 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10504 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10505 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10506 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10507 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10508 (did not match the data address). */
10509 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
10510 && w
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_no
)
10517 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10519 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
));
10521 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs
);
10524 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10525 hardware watchpoints. */
10528 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10530 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10531 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10533 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
);
10536 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10537 hardware watchpoints. */
10540 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10542 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10543 return b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
|| b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
10546 static enum print_stop_action
10547 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10549 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
10550 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10551 struct ui_file
*stb
;
10552 enum print_stop_action result
;
10553 struct watchpoint
*w
;
10554 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10556 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
10558 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10559 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10561 stb
= mem_fileopen ();
10562 old_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
10566 case bp_watchpoint
:
10567 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10568 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10569 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10570 ui_out_field_string
10572 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10574 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10575 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
10576 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
);
10577 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
10578 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
10579 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10580 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
10581 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10582 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10583 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10586 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10587 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10588 ui_out_field_string
10590 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10592 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10593 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
10594 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10595 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "value", stb
);
10596 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10597 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10600 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10601 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
10603 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10604 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10605 ui_out_field_string
10607 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10609 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10610 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
10611 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
);
10612 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
10613 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
10618 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10619 ui_out_field_string
10621 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10622 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10623 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
10625 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10626 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
10627 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10628 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10631 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10634 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
10638 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10642 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10644 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
10645 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10646 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10650 case bp_watchpoint
:
10651 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Watchpoint ");
10652 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
10654 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10655 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware watchpoint ");
10656 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
10658 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10659 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
10660 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
10662 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10663 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10664 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
10667 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10668 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10671 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
10672 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
10673 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", w
->exp_string
);
10674 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
10677 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10681 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10683 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10687 case bp_watchpoint
:
10688 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10689 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10691 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10692 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
10694 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10695 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
10698 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10699 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
10702 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", w
->exp_string
);
10703 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10706 /* Implement the "explains_signal" breakpoint_ops method for
10710 explains_signal_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
10712 /* A software watchpoint cannot cause a signal other than
10713 GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP. */
10714 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
10720 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
10722 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10724 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
10725 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10728 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10730 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10732 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10733 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10736 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
10737 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10740 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10742 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10744 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10745 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10748 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10749 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10752 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10754 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10756 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10759 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10760 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10763 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10768 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10769 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10771 static enum print_stop_action
10772 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10774 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10775 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10777 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10778 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10782 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10783 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10784 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10785 ui_out_field_string
10787 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10790 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10791 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10792 ui_out_field_string
10794 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10797 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10798 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10799 ui_out_field_string
10801 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10804 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10805 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10809 ui_out_text (uiout
, _("\n\
10810 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
10811 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
10812 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10814 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10815 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10818 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10819 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10822 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
10823 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
10825 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10827 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10828 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10830 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tmask ");
10831 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "mask", b
->loc
->gdbarch
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10832 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10835 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10836 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10839 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10841 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10842 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10843 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
10847 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10848 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
10849 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
10851 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10852 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
10853 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
10855 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10856 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10857 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
10860 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10861 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10864 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
10865 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
10866 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", w
->exp_string
);
10867 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
10870 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10871 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10874 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10876 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10881 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10882 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10884 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10885 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
10887 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10888 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
10891 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10892 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10895 sprintf_vma (tmp
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10896 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s mask 0x%s", w
->exp_string
, tmp
);
10897 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10900 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
10902 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10904 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
10907 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10909 return b
->ops
== &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10912 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
10913 hw_read: watch read,
10914 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
10916 watch_command_1 (const char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
,
10917 int just_location
, int internal
)
10919 struct breakpoint
*b
, *scope_breakpoint
= NULL
;
10920 struct expression
*exp
;
10921 const struct block
*exp_valid_block
= NULL
, *cond_exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
10922 struct value
*val
, *mark
, *result
;
10923 int saved_bitpos
= 0, saved_bitsize
= 0;
10924 struct frame_info
*frame
;
10925 const char *exp_start
= NULL
;
10926 const char *exp_end
= NULL
;
10927 const char *tok
, *end_tok
;
10929 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
10930 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
10931 enum bptype bp_type
;
10934 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
10935 the hardware watchpoint. */
10937 CORE_ADDR mask
= 0;
10938 struct watchpoint
*w
;
10940 struct cleanup
*back_to
;
10942 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
10943 if (arg
!= NULL
&& arg
[0] != '\0')
10945 const char *value_start
;
10947 exp_end
= arg
+ strlen (arg
);
10949 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
10950 of the arguments string. */
10951 for (tok
= exp_end
- 1; tok
> arg
; tok
--)
10953 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
10954 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
10957 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
10958 This is the value of the parameter. */
10959 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
10961 value_start
= tok
+ 1;
10963 /* Skip whitespace. */
10964 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
10969 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
10970 This is the parameter itself. */
10971 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
10974 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
+ 1;
10976 if (toklen
== 6 && startswith (tok
, "thread"))
10978 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
10979 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
10980 only in a specific thread. */
10984 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
10986 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
10987 thread
= strtol (value_start
, &endp
, 0);
10989 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
10991 if (*endp
!= ' ' && *endp
!= '\t' && *endp
!= '\0')
10992 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), value_start
);
10994 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
10995 if (!valid_thread_id (thread
))
10996 invalid_thread_id_error (thread
);
10998 else if (toklen
== 4 && startswith (tok
, "mask"))
11000 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
11001 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
11003 struct value
*mask_value
, *mark
;
11006 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
11008 use_mask
= just_location
= 1;
11010 mark
= value_mark ();
11011 mask_value
= parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start
);
11012 mask
= value_as_address (mask_value
);
11013 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11016 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
11019 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
11020 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
11027 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. From here on out, everything
11028 is in terms of a newly allocated string instead of the original
11030 innermost_block
= NULL
;
11031 expression
= savestring (arg
, exp_end
- arg
);
11032 back_to
= make_cleanup (xfree
, expression
);
11033 exp_start
= arg
= expression
;
11034 exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
11036 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
11037 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
11039 while (exp_end
> exp_start
&& (exp_end
[-1] == ' ' || exp_end
[-1] == '\t'))
11042 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
11043 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp
))
11047 len
= exp_end
- exp_start
;
11048 while (len
> 0 && isspace (exp_start
[len
- 1]))
11050 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len
, exp_start
);
11053 exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
11054 mark
= value_mark ();
11055 fetch_subexp_value (exp
, &pc
, &val
, &result
, NULL
, just_location
);
11057 if (val
!= NULL
&& just_location
)
11059 saved_bitpos
= value_bitpos (val
);
11060 saved_bitsize
= value_bitsize (val
);
11067 exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
11068 val
= value_addr (result
);
11069 release_value (val
);
11070 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11074 ret
= target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val
),
11077 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
11078 else if (ret
== -2)
11079 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
11082 else if (val
!= NULL
)
11083 release_value (val
);
11085 tok
= skip_spaces_const (arg
);
11086 end_tok
= skip_to_space_const (tok
);
11088 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
11089 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
11091 struct expression
*cond
;
11093 innermost_block
= NULL
;
11094 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
11095 cond
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, 0, 0, 0);
11097 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
11098 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
11099 cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
11105 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
11107 frame
= block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block
);
11109 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
11110 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
11111 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
11112 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
11113 if (exp_valid_block
&& frame
)
11115 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
)))
11118 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
11119 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
),
11120 bp_watchpoint_scope
,
11121 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
11123 scope_breakpoint
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
11125 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
11126 scope_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del
;
11128 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
11129 scope_breakpoint
->frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
11131 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
11132 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
11133 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
);
11134 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
11135 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
11136 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->address
11137 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
,
11138 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
,
11139 scope_breakpoint
->type
);
11143 /* Now set up the breakpoint. We create all watchpoints as hardware
11144 watchpoints here even if hardware watchpoints are turned off, a call
11145 to update_watchpoint later in this function will cause the type to
11146 drop back to bp_watchpoint (software watchpoint) if required. */
11148 if (accessflag
== hw_read
)
11149 bp_type
= bp_read_watchpoint
;
11150 else if (accessflag
== hw_access
)
11151 bp_type
= bp_access_watchpoint
;
11153 bp_type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
11155 w
= XCNEW (struct watchpoint
);
11158 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, NULL
, bp_type
,
11159 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
11161 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, NULL
, bp_type
,
11162 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
11163 b
->thread
= thread
;
11164 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
11165 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
11167 w
->exp_valid_block
= exp_valid_block
;
11168 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= cond_exp_valid_block
;
11171 struct type
*t
= value_type (val
);
11172 CORE_ADDR addr
= value_as_address (val
);
11175 t
= check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t
)));
11176 name
= type_to_string (t
);
11178 w
->exp_string_reparse
= xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name
,
11179 core_addr_to_string (addr
));
11182 w
->exp_string
= xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
11183 (int) (exp_end
- exp_start
), exp_start
);
11185 /* The above expression is in C. */
11186 b
->language
= language_c
;
11189 w
->exp_string
= savestring (exp_start
, exp_end
- exp_start
);
11193 w
->hw_wp_mask
= mask
;
11198 w
->val_bitpos
= saved_bitpos
;
11199 w
->val_bitsize
= saved_bitsize
;
11204 b
->cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
11206 b
->cond_string
= 0;
11210 w
->watchpoint_frame
= get_frame_id (frame
);
11211 w
->watchpoint_thread
= inferior_ptid
;
11215 w
->watchpoint_frame
= null_frame_id
;
11216 w
->watchpoint_thread
= null_ptid
;
11219 if (scope_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
11221 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
11222 need to act on them together. */
11223 b
->related_breakpoint
= scope_breakpoint
;
11224 scope_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
11227 if (!just_location
)
11228 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11232 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
11233 that should be inserted. */
11234 update_watchpoint (w
, 1);
11236 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
11238 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11239 throw_exception (e
);
11243 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 1);
11244 do_cleanups (back_to
);
11247 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
11248 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
11251 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*v
)
11253 int found_memory_cnt
= 0;
11254 struct value
*head
= v
;
11256 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
11257 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
11260 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
11261 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
11262 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
11263 hardware watchpoint.
11265 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
11266 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
11267 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
11268 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
11269 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
11270 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
11271 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
11272 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
11273 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
11275 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
11276 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
11277 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
11278 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
11279 for (; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
11281 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
)
11283 if (v
!= head
&& value_lazy (v
))
11284 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
11285 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
11286 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
11287 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
11288 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
11292 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
11293 it with hardware watchpoints. */
11294 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
11296 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
11297 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
11298 middle of some value chain. */
11300 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
11301 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
11303 CORE_ADDR vaddr
= value_address (v
);
11307 len
= (target_exact_watchpoints
11308 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype
))?
11309 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
11311 num_regs
= target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr
, len
);
11315 found_memory_cnt
+= num_regs
;
11319 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) != not_lval
11320 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v
) == 0)
11321 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
11322 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_register
)
11323 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
11326 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
11327 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
11328 return found_memory_cnt
;
11332 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11334 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11337 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
11338 calls watch_command_1. */
11341 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
)
11343 int just_location
= 0;
11346 && (check_for_argument (&arg
, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
11347 || check_for_argument (&arg
, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
11349 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11353 watch_command_1 (arg
, accessflag
, from_tty
, just_location
, 0);
11357 watch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11359 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
);
11363 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11365 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11369 rwatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11371 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
);
11375 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11377 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11381 awatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11383 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
);
11387 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
11388 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
11390 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
11392 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
11393 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
;
11397 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
11398 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
11399 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
11402 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg
, int err
)
11404 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*a
= arg
;
11406 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint
);
11407 if (a
->breakpoint2
)
11408 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint2
);
11409 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (a
->thread_num
);
11413 until_break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int anywhere
)
11415 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
11416 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
11417 struct frame_info
*frame
;
11418 struct gdbarch
*frame_gdbarch
;
11419 struct frame_id stack_frame_id
;
11420 struct frame_id caller_frame_id
;
11421 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
11422 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
= NULL
;
11423 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
11425 struct thread_info
*tp
;
11427 clear_proceed_status (0);
11429 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11432 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
11433 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
11434 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11435 get_last_displayed_line ());
11437 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
11438 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0);
11440 if (sals
.nelts
!= 1)
11441 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11443 sal
= sals
.sals
[0];
11444 xfree (sals
.sals
); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
11447 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11449 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
11451 tp
= inferior_thread ();
11454 old_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
11456 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11457 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11458 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11461 frame
= get_selected_frame (NULL
);
11462 frame_gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
11463 stack_frame_id
= get_stack_frame_id (frame
);
11464 caller_frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
11466 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11469 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id
))
11471 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
11473 sal2
= find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
), 0);
11474 sal2
.pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
11475 breakpoint2
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
11479 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2
);
11481 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp
, caller_frame_id
);
11482 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup
, &thread
);
11485 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11489 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11490 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11491 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11492 null_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11494 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11495 only at the very same frame. */
11496 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11497 stack_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11498 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint
);
11500 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT
);
11502 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has
11503 actually managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to
11504 be deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already
11505 stopped and delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
11507 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid
))
11509 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*args
;
11510 args
= xmalloc (sizeof (*args
));
11512 args
->breakpoint
= breakpoint
;
11513 args
->breakpoint2
= breakpoint2
;
11514 args
->thread_num
= thread
;
11516 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
11517 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
11518 until_break_command_continuation
, args
,
11522 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
11525 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11526 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11528 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11529 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11530 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11531 if clause in the arg string. */
11534 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg
)
11538 if (((*arg
)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg
)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg
)[2]))
11541 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11544 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11545 condition string. */
11546 *arg
= skip_spaces (*arg
);
11547 cond_string
= *arg
;
11549 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11551 (*arg
) += strlen (cond_string
);
11553 return cond_string
;
11556 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11557 process start/exit, etc. */
11561 catch_fork_temporary
, catch_vfork_temporary
,
11562 catch_fork_permanent
, catch_vfork_permanent
11567 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11568 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11570 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11571 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11572 catch_fork_kind fork_kind
;
11575 fork_kind
= (catch_fork_kind
) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command
);
11576 tempflag
= (fork_kind
== catch_fork_temporary
11577 || fork_kind
== catch_vfork_temporary
);
11581 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11583 /* The allowed syntax is:
11585 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11587 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11588 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11590 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11591 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11593 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11594 and enable reporting of such events. */
11597 case catch_fork_temporary
:
11598 case catch_fork_permanent
:
11599 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11600 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
);
11602 case catch_vfork_temporary
:
11603 case catch_vfork_permanent
:
11604 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11605 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
);
11608 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11614 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11615 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11617 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
;
11618 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11620 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11622 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11626 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11628 /* The allowed syntax is:
11630 catch exec if <cond>
11632 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11633 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11635 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11636 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11638 c
= XNEW (struct exec_catchpoint
);
11639 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11640 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
);
11641 c
->exec_pathname
= NULL
;
11643 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
11647 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
11648 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
11649 struct symtab_and_line sal
,
11651 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
11658 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
11660 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
11662 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
11663 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, -1);
11664 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
11665 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
11666 used for different exception names will use the same address.
11667 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
11668 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
11669 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
11670 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
11671 enough for now, though. */
11674 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_breakpoint
, ops
);
11676 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
11677 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
11678 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
11679 b
->language
= language_ada
;
11683 catch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11685 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11690 tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11692 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11695 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
11698 compare_breakpoints (const void *a
, const void *b
)
11700 const breakpoint_p
*ba
= a
;
11701 uintptr_t ua
= (uintptr_t) *ba
;
11702 const breakpoint_p
*bb
= b
;
11703 uintptr_t ub
= (uintptr_t) *bb
;
11705 if ((*ba
)->number
< (*bb
)->number
)
11707 else if ((*ba
)->number
> (*bb
)->number
)
11710 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
11714 return ua
> ub
? 1 : 0;
11717 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
11720 clear_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11722 struct breakpoint
*b
, *prev
;
11723 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
11726 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
11727 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
11729 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
11733 sals
= decode_line_with_current_source (arg
,
11734 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
11735 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE
));
11736 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
11741 sals
.sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
11742 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
11743 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
11744 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
11746 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
11747 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
11748 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
11749 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal
);
11750 if (sal
.symtab
== 0)
11751 error (_("No source file specified."));
11753 sals
.sals
[0] = sal
;
11759 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
11760 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
11761 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
11762 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
11764 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
11765 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
11766 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
11767 due to optimization, all in one block.
11769 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
11770 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
11771 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
11772 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
11773 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
11774 to support that. */
11776 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
11777 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
11778 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
11782 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p
), &found
);
11783 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
11785 const char *sal_fullname
;
11787 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
11788 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
11789 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
11792 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
11797 1 0 <can't happen> */
11799 sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
11800 sal_fullname
= (sal
.symtab
== NULL
11801 ? NULL
: symtab_to_fullname (sal
.symtab
));
11803 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
11804 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
11807 /* Are we going to delete b? */
11808 if (b
->type
!= bp_none
&& !is_watchpoint (b
))
11810 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
11811 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
11813 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
11814 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
11815 int pc_match
= (!sal
.explicit_line
11817 && (loc
->pspace
== sal
.pspace
)
11818 && (loc
->address
== sal
.pc
)
11819 && (!section_is_overlay (loc
->section
)
11820 || loc
->section
== sal
.section
));
11821 int line_match
= 0;
11823 if ((default_match
|| sal
.explicit_line
)
11824 && loc
->symtab
!= NULL
11825 && sal_fullname
!= NULL
11826 && sal
.pspace
== loc
->pspace
11827 && loc
->line_number
== sal
.line
11828 && filename_cmp (symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
),
11829 sal_fullname
) == 0)
11832 if (pc_match
|| line_match
)
11841 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
11845 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
11846 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p
, found
))
11849 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg
);
11851 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
11854 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
11855 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p
, found
),
11856 VEC_length (breakpoint_p
, found
),
11857 sizeof (breakpoint_p
),
11858 compare_breakpoints
);
11859 prev
= VEC_index (breakpoint_p
, found
, 0);
11860 for (ix
= 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ++ix
)
11864 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
);
11869 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) > 1)
11870 from_tty
= 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
11873 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) == 1)
11874 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
11876 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
11879 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ix
++)
11882 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b
->number
);
11883 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11886 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
11888 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
11891 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
11892 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
11893 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
11896 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs
)
11898 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
11900 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
11901 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
11902 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->disposition
== disp_del
11904 delete_breakpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
);
11906 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
11908 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
11909 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11913 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
11914 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
11915 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
11916 secondarily by ordering first permanent elements and
11917 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
11918 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
11921 bp_location_compare (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
11923 struct bp_location
*a
= *(void **) ap
;
11924 struct bp_location
*b
= *(void **) bp
;
11926 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
11927 return (a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
);
11929 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
11930 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
11933 if (a
->pspace
->num
!= b
->pspace
->num
)
11934 return ((a
->pspace
->num
> b
->pspace
->num
)
11935 - (a
->pspace
->num
< b
->pspace
->num
));
11937 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
11938 if (a
->permanent
!= b
->permanent
)
11939 return (a
->permanent
< b
->permanent
) - (a
->permanent
> b
->permanent
);
11941 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
11942 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
11943 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
11945 if (a
->owner
->number
!= b
->owner
->number
)
11946 return ((a
->owner
->number
> b
->owner
->number
)
11947 - (a
->owner
->number
< b
->owner
->number
));
11949 return (a
> b
) - (a
< b
);
11952 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
11953 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
11954 content of the bp_location array. */
11957 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
11959 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
11961 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= 0;
11962 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= 0;
11964 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
11966 CORE_ADDR start
, end
, addr
;
11968 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
11971 start
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
11972 end
= start
+ bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
11974 gdb_assert (bl
->address
>= start
);
11975 addr
= bl
->address
- start
;
11976 if (addr
> bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
)
11977 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= addr
;
11979 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
11981 gdb_assert (bl
->address
< end
);
11982 addr
= end
- bl
->address
;
11983 if (addr
> bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
)
11984 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= addr
;
11988 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
11991 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
11993 struct breakpoint
*b
;
11994 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
11996 if (!target_can_download_tracepoint ())
11999 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
12001 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
12003 struct bp_location
*bl
;
12004 struct tracepoint
*t
;
12005 int bp_location_downloaded
= 0;
12007 if ((b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
12008 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
12009 : !may_insert_tracepoints
))
12012 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
12014 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
12015 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
12016 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
12017 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || bl
->inserted
)
12020 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
12022 target_download_tracepoint (bl
);
12025 bp_location_downloaded
= 1;
12027 t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
12028 t
->number_on_target
= b
->number
;
12029 if (bp_location_downloaded
)
12030 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
12033 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
12036 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
12039 swap_insertion (struct bp_location
*left
, struct bp_location
*right
)
12041 const int left_inserted
= left
->inserted
;
12042 const int left_duplicate
= left
->duplicate
;
12043 const int left_needs_update
= left
->needs_update
;
12044 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info
= left
->target_info
;
12046 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
12047 if (is_tracepoint (left
->owner
))
12048 gdb_assert (!left
->duplicate
);
12049 if (is_tracepoint (right
->owner
))
12050 gdb_assert (!right
->duplicate
);
12052 left
->inserted
= right
->inserted
;
12053 left
->duplicate
= right
->duplicate
;
12054 left
->needs_update
= right
->needs_update
;
12055 left
->target_info
= right
->target_info
;
12056 right
->inserted
= left_inserted
;
12057 right
->duplicate
= left_duplicate
;
12058 right
->needs_update
= left_needs_update
;
12059 right
->target_info
= left_target_info
;
12062 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
12063 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
12064 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
12068 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12070 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
12071 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12072 CORE_ADDR address
= 0;
12075 address
= bl
->address
;
12076 pspace_num
= bl
->pspace
->num
;
12078 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
12079 evaluating conditions and if the user has
12080 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
12082 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
12083 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
12086 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
12087 the same program space as the location
12088 as "its condition has changed". We need to
12089 update the conditions on the target's side. */
12090 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, address
)
12094 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
12095 || pspace_num
!= loc
->pspace
->num
)
12098 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
12099 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
12100 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
12101 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
12102 that have already been marked. */
12103 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_updated
;
12105 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
12107 if (loc
->cond_bytecode
)
12109 free_agent_expr (loc
->cond_bytecode
);
12110 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
12114 /* Called whether new breakpoints are created, or existing breakpoints
12115 deleted, to update the global location list and recompute which
12116 locations are duplicate of which.
12118 The INSERT_MODE flag determines whether locations may not, may, or
12119 shall be inserted now. See 'enum ugll_insert_mode' for more
12123 update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
12125 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12126 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
12127 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
12128 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
12129 CORE_ADDR last_addr
= 0;
12130 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
12131 int last_pspace_num
= -1;
12133 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
12134 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
12135 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
12136 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
12137 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
12139 struct bp_location
*bp_loc_first
; /* breakpoint */
12140 struct bp_location
*wp_loc_first
; /* hardware watchpoint */
12141 struct bp_location
*awp_loc_first
; /* access watchpoint */
12142 struct bp_location
*rwp_loc_first
; /* read watchpoint */
12144 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
12145 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
12146 struct bp_location
**old_location
, **old_locp
;
12147 unsigned old_location_count
;
12149 old_location
= bp_location
;
12150 old_location_count
= bp_location_count
;
12151 bp_location
= NULL
;
12152 bp_location_count
= 0;
12153 cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, old_location
);
12155 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12156 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12157 bp_location_count
++;
12159 bp_location
= xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location
) * bp_location_count
);
12160 locp
= bp_location
;
12161 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12162 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12164 qsort (bp_location
, bp_location_count
, sizeof (*bp_location
),
12165 bp_location_compare
);
12167 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
12169 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
12170 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
12171 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
12172 if there's another location at the same address (previously
12173 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
12176 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
12177 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
12179 locp
= bp_location
;
12180 for (old_locp
= old_location
; old_locp
< old_location
+ old_location_count
;
12183 struct bp_location
*old_loc
= *old_locp
;
12184 struct bp_location
**loc2p
;
12186 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
12187 not, we have to free it. */
12188 int found_object
= 0;
12189 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
12190 int keep_in_target
= 0;
12193 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
12194 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
12195 while (locp
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12196 && (*locp
)->address
< old_loc
->address
)
12200 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12201 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
12204 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
12205 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
12206 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
12208 if ((*loc2p
)->condition_changed
== condition_modified
12209 && (last_addr
!= old_loc
->address
12210 || last_pspace_num
!= old_loc
->pspace
->num
))
12212 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p
);
12213 last_pspace_num
= old_loc
->pspace
->num
;
12216 if (*loc2p
== old_loc
)
12220 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
12221 have to go through updates again. */
12222 last_addr
= old_loc
->address
;
12224 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
12226 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc
);
12228 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
12229 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
12230 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
12231 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
12232 at certain location is not inserted. */
12234 if (old_loc
->inserted
)
12236 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
12239 if (found_object
&& should_be_inserted (old_loc
))
12241 /* The location is still present in the location list,
12242 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
12243 keep_in_target
= 1;
12247 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
12248 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
12249 remove its target-side condition. */
12251 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
12252 disabled. See if there's another location at the
12253 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
12254 this one from the target. */
12256 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
12257 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
))
12260 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12261 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
12264 struct bp_location
*loc2
= *loc2p
;
12266 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2
, old_loc
))
12268 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
12269 access watchpoints, if the former are not
12270 supported, but the latter are. */
12271 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
12273 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
));
12274 loc2
->watchpoint_type
= old_loc
->watchpoint_type
;
12277 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
12278 if it should be inserted in case it will be
12280 if (loc2
!= old_loc
12281 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2
))
12283 swap_insertion (old_loc
, loc2
);
12284 keep_in_target
= 1;
12292 if (!keep_in_target
)
12294 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc
, mark_uninserted
))
12296 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
12297 this location on the global list, and try to
12298 remove it next time, but there's no particular
12299 reason why we will succeed next time.
12301 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
12302 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
12303 only after calling us. */
12304 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
12305 "breakpoint %d\n"),
12306 old_loc
->owner
->number
);
12314 if (removed
&& non_stop
12315 && need_moribund_for_location_type (old_loc
))
12317 /* This location was removed from the target. In
12318 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
12319 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
12320 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
12321 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
12322 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
12323 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
12324 after we see some number of events. The theory here
12325 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
12326 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
12327 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
12328 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
12329 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
12330 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
12333 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
12334 decr_pc_after_break targets.
12336 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
12337 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
12338 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
12339 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
12340 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
12341 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
12342 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
12343 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
12344 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
12345 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
12346 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
12347 targets that do not support new thread events, like
12348 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
12351 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
12352 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
12353 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
12354 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
12356 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
12357 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
12358 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
12359 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12360 traps we can no longer explain. */
12362 old_loc
->events_till_retirement
= 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
12363 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12365 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, old_loc
);
12369 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12370 decref_bp_location (&old_loc
);
12375 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12376 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12377 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12378 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12379 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12380 are sorted first for the same address.
12382 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12383 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12385 bp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12386 wp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12387 awp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12388 rwp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12389 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
12391 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12393 struct bp_location
**loc_first_p
;
12396 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc
)
12397 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b
)
12398 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12399 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12400 `struct bp_location'. */
12401 || is_tracepoint (b
))
12403 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12404 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12408 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
12409 loc_first_p
= &wp_loc_first
;
12410 else if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
12411 loc_first_p
= &rwp_loc_first
;
12412 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
12413 loc_first_p
= &awp_loc_first
;
12415 loc_first_p
= &bp_loc_first
;
12417 if (*loc_first_p
== NULL
12418 || (overlay_debugging
&& loc
->section
!= (*loc_first_p
)->section
)
12419 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc
, *loc_first_p
))
12421 *loc_first_p
= loc
;
12422 loc
->duplicate
= 0;
12424 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->condition_changed
)
12426 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
12427 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12428 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12434 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12435 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12436 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12438 swap_insertion (loc
, *loc_first_p
);
12439 loc
->duplicate
= 1;
12441 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12442 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12445 if (insert_mode
== UGLL_INSERT
|| breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now ())
12447 if (insert_mode
!= UGLL_DONT_INSERT
)
12448 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12451 /* Even though the caller told us to not insert new
12452 locations, we may still need to update conditions on the
12453 target's side of breakpoints that were already inserted
12454 if the target is evaluating breakpoint conditions. We
12455 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12457 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12461 if (insert_mode
!= UGLL_DONT_INSERT
)
12462 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12464 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
12468 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12470 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12473 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
12474 if (--(loc
->events_till_retirement
) == 0)
12476 decref_bp_location (&loc
);
12477 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
);
12483 update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
12488 update_global_location_list (insert_mode
);
12490 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
12496 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12499 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps
, struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
12503 for (bs
= bps
; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
12504 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== bpt
)
12506 bs
->breakpoint_at
= NULL
;
12507 bs
->old_val
= NULL
;
12508 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12512 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12514 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info
*th
, void *data
)
12516 struct breakpoint
*bpt
= data
;
12518 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th
->control
.stop_bpstat
, bpt
);
12522 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12526 say_where (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12528 struct value_print_options opts
;
12530 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
12532 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12534 if (b
->loc
== NULL
)
12536 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b
->addr_string
);
12540 if (opts
.addressprint
|| b
->loc
->symtab
== NULL
)
12542 printf_filtered (" at ");
12543 fputs_filtered (paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
),
12546 if (b
->loc
->symtab
!= NULL
)
12548 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
12550 if (b
->loc
->next
== NULL
)
12551 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
12552 symtab_to_filename_for_display (b
->loc
->symtab
),
12553 b
->loc
->line_number
);
12555 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
12556 different file name, and this at least reflects the
12557 real situation somewhat. */
12558 printf_filtered (": %s.", b
->addr_string
);
12563 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
12565 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12567 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n
);
12572 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
12575 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location
*self
)
12577 xfree (self
->cond
);
12578 if (self
->cond_bytecode
)
12579 free_agent_expr (self
->cond_bytecode
);
12580 xfree (self
->function_name
);
12582 VEC_free (agent_expr_p
, self
->target_info
.conditions
);
12583 VEC_free (agent_expr_p
, self
->target_info
.tcommands
);
12586 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops
=
12591 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately
12595 base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint
*self
)
12597 decref_counted_command_line (&self
->commands
);
12598 xfree (self
->cond_string
);
12599 xfree (self
->extra_string
);
12600 xfree (self
->addr_string
);
12601 xfree (self
->filter
);
12602 xfree (self
->addr_string_range_end
);
12605 static struct bp_location
*
12606 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint
*self
)
12608 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12610 loc
= XNEW (struct bp_location
);
12611 init_bp_location (loc
, &bp_location_ops
, self
);
12616 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12618 /* Nothing to re-set. */
12621 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
12622 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
12625 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12627 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12631 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12633 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12637 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12638 struct address_space
*aspace
,
12640 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12642 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12646 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs
)
12651 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12655 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
12657 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12660 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12664 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
12666 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12669 static enum print_stop_action
12670 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12672 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12676 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
12677 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
12683 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12685 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12689 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12691 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12695 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
12696 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12697 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12701 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12705 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12706 struct linespec_result
*c
,
12708 char *extra_string
,
12709 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12710 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12712 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12713 const struct breakpoint_ops
*o
,
12714 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12715 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12717 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12721 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
12722 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
12724 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12727 /* The default 'explains_signal' method. */
12730 base_breakpoint_explains_signal (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
12735 /* The default "after_condition_true" method. */
12738 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true (struct bpstats
*bs
)
12740 /* Nothing to do. */
12743 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops
=
12745 base_breakpoint_dtor
,
12746 base_breakpoint_allocate_location
,
12747 base_breakpoint_re_set
,
12748 base_breakpoint_insert_location
,
12749 base_breakpoint_remove_location
,
12750 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit
,
12751 base_breakpoint_check_status
,
12752 base_breakpoint_resources_needed
,
12753 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode
,
12754 base_breakpoint_print_it
,
12756 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail
,
12757 base_breakpoint_print_mention
,
12758 base_breakpoint_print_recreate
,
12759 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address
,
12760 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal
,
12761 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec
,
12762 base_breakpoint_explains_signal
,
12763 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true
,
12766 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
12769 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12771 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
12772 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
12774 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
12775 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12779 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
12783 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12785 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
12786 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12788 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12792 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12794 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
12795 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12797 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12801 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12802 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
12803 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12805 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
12806 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
12809 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
12813 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
12814 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
12815 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
12822 dprintf_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12823 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
12824 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12826 if (dprintf_style
== dprintf_style_agent
12827 && target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
12829 /* An agent-style dprintf never causes a stop. If we see a trap
12830 for this address it must be for a breakpoint that happens to
12831 be set at the same address. */
12835 return bkpt_breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
12839 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
12841 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
12846 static enum print_stop_action
12847 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12849 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12850 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
12852 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
12854 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
12856 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
12857 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
12859 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
12860 if (bl
->address
!= bl
->requested_address
)
12861 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl
->requested_address
,
12864 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
12866 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
12868 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nBreakpoint ");
12869 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
12871 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
12872 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
12873 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
12875 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
12876 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
12878 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
12882 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12884 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
12889 case bp_breakpoint
:
12890 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
12891 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12892 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
12894 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
12895 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
12896 if (b
->type
== bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
)
12897 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
12899 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
12900 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b
->number
);
12903 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b
->number
);
12911 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12913 if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12914 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "tbreak");
12915 else if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
12916 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break");
12917 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
12918 && tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12919 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "thbreak");
12920 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
12921 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "hbreak");
12923 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12924 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp
->type
);
12926 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", tp
->addr_string
);
12927 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
12931 bkpt_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
12932 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12933 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12934 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
12936 create_sals_from_address_default (arg
, canonical
, type_wanted
,
12937 addr_start
, copy_arg
);
12941 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12942 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12944 char *extra_string
,
12945 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12946 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12948 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12949 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
12950 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12951 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12953 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
12954 cond_string
, extra_string
,
12956 disposition
, thread
, task
,
12957 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
12958 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
12962 bkpt_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
12963 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
12965 decode_linespec_default (b
, s
, sals
);
12968 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
12971 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12975 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
12976 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
12977 case bp_overlay_event
:
12978 case bp_longjmp_master
:
12979 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
12980 case bp_exception_master
:
12981 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12984 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
12985 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
12986 case bp_shlib_event
:
12988 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
12989 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
12990 case bp_thread_event
:
12996 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
12998 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
13000 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
13001 events. This allows the user to get control and place
13002 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
13003 objects (among other things). */
13004 bs
->stop
= stop_on_solib_events
;
13005 bs
->print
= stop_on_solib_events
;
13011 static enum print_stop_action
13012 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13014 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13016 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13020 case bp_shlib_event
:
13021 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
13022 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
13023 to shlib event" message.) */
13024 print_solib_event (0);
13027 case bp_thread_event
:
13028 /* Not sure how we will get here.
13029 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
13030 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13033 case bp_overlay_event
:
13034 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
13035 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13038 case bp_longjmp_master
:
13039 /* These should never be enabled. */
13040 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13043 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
13044 /* These should never be enabled. */
13045 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
13046 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13049 case bp_exception_master
:
13050 /* These should never be enabled. */
13051 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
13052 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13056 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
13060 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13062 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13065 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
13068 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13070 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
13071 over a dlopen call and solib_add is resetting the breakpoints.
13072 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
13073 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
13077 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
13079 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
13082 static enum print_stop_action
13083 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13085 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13087 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
13089 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13094 ui_out_field_string
13096 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED
));
13100 ui_out_field_string
13102 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED
));
13107 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
13111 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13113 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13116 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
13118 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
13119 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
13122 longjmp_bkpt_dtor (struct breakpoint
*self
)
13124 struct thread_info
*tp
= find_thread_id (self
->thread
);
13127 tp
->initiating_frame
= null_frame_id
;
13129 momentary_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (self
);
13132 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
13135 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13137 int v
= bkpt_insert_location (bl
);
13141 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
13143 if (bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->set_semaphore
!= NULL
)
13144 bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->set_semaphore (bl
->probe
.probe
,
13153 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13155 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
13156 if (bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->clear_semaphore
!= NULL
)
13157 bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->clear_semaphore (bl
->probe
.probe
,
13161 return bkpt_remove_location (bl
);
13165 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13166 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13167 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13168 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13170 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13172 lsal
.sals
= parse_probes (arg
, canonical
);
13174 *copy_arg
= xstrdup (canonical
->addr_string
);
13175 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (*copy_arg
);
13177 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
13181 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13182 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13184 *sals
= parse_probes (s
, NULL
);
13186 error (_("probe not found"));
13189 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
13192 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13194 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13198 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
13199 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
13200 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
13202 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
13208 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
13209 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
13211 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
13212 if (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
)
13214 gdb_assert (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
13216 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tmarker id is ");
13217 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
13218 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13219 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
13224 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13226 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
13231 case bp_tracepoint
:
13232 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
13233 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13235 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
13236 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
13237 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13239 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
13240 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
13241 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13244 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13245 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b
->type
);
13252 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*self
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13254 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
13256 if (self
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
13257 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "ftrace");
13258 if (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
13259 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "strace");
13260 else if (self
->type
== bp_tracepoint
)
13261 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "trace");
13263 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13264 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self
->type
);
13266 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", self
->addr_string
);
13267 print_recreate_thread (self
, fp
);
13269 if (tp
->pass_count
)
13270 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " passcount %d\n", tp
->pass_count
);
13274 tracepoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13275 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13276 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13277 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13279 create_sals_from_address_default (arg
, canonical
, type_wanted
,
13280 addr_start
, copy_arg
);
13284 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13285 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13287 char *extra_string
,
13288 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13289 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13291 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13292 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13293 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13294 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13296 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
13297 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13299 disposition
, thread
, task
,
13300 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13301 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13305 tracepoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13306 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13308 decode_linespec_default (b
, s
, sals
);
13311 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
13313 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
13317 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13318 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13319 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13320 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13322 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13323 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (arg
, canonical
, type_wanted
,
13324 addr_start
, copy_arg
);
13328 tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13329 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13331 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13332 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (b
, s
, sals
);
13335 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
13337 /* Dprintf breakpoint_ops methods. */
13340 dprintf_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13342 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13344 /* This breakpoint could have been pending, and be resolved now, and
13345 if so, we should now have the extra string. If we don't, the
13346 dprintf was malformed when created, but we couldn't tell because
13347 we can't extract the extra string until the location is
13349 if (b
->loc
!= NULL
&& b
->extra_string
== NULL
)
13350 error (_("Format string required"));
13352 /* 1 - connect to target 1, that can run breakpoint commands.
13353 2 - create a dprintf, which resolves fine.
13354 3 - disconnect from target 1
13355 4 - connect to target 2, that can NOT run breakpoint commands.
13357 After steps #3/#4, you'll want the dprintf command list to
13358 be updated, because target 1 and 2 may well return different
13359 answers for target_can_run_breakpoint_commands().
13360 Given absence of finer grained resetting, we get to do
13361 it all the time. */
13362 if (b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
13363 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
13366 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for dprintf. */
13369 dprintf_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13371 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "dprintf %s%s", tp
->addr_string
,
13373 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
13376 /* Implement the "after_condition_true" breakpoint_ops method for
13379 dprintf's are implemented with regular commands in their command
13380 list, but we run the commands here instead of before presenting the
13381 stop to the user, as dprintf's don't actually cause a stop. This
13382 also makes it so that the commands of multiple dprintfs at the same
13383 address are all handled. */
13386 dprintf_after_condition_true (struct bpstats
*bs
)
13388 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
13389 struct bpstats tmp_bs
= { NULL
};
13390 struct bpstats
*tmp_bs_p
= &tmp_bs
;
13392 /* dprintf's never cause a stop. This wasn't set in the
13393 check_status hook instead because that would make the dprintf's
13394 condition not be evaluated. */
13397 /* Run the command list here. Take ownership of it instead of
13398 copying. We never want these commands to run later in
13399 bpstat_do_actions, if a breakpoint that causes a stop happens to
13400 be set at same address as this dprintf, or even if running the
13401 commands here throws. */
13402 tmp_bs
.commands
= bs
->commands
;
13403 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
13404 old_chain
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&tmp_bs
.commands
);
13406 bpstat_do_actions_1 (&tmp_bs_p
);
13408 /* 'tmp_bs.commands' will usually be NULL by now, but
13409 bpstat_do_actions_1 may return early without processing the whole
13411 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
13414 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13418 strace_marker_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13419 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13420 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13421 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13423 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13425 lsal
.sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (arg
);
13427 *copy_arg
= savestring (addr_start
, *arg
- addr_start
);
13429 canonical
->addr_string
= xstrdup (*copy_arg
);
13430 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (*copy_arg
);
13431 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
13435 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13436 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13438 char *extra_string
,
13439 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13440 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13442 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13443 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13444 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13445 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13448 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
,
13449 canonical
->sals
, 0);
13451 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
13452 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
13453 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
13454 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
13455 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
13456 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
13458 for (i
= 0; i
< lsal
->sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
13460 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
;
13461 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
13462 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
13465 expanded
.nelts
= 1;
13466 expanded
.sals
= &lsal
->sals
.sals
[i
];
13468 addr_string
= xstrdup (canonical
->addr_string
);
13469 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string
);
13471 tp
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
13472 init_breakpoint_sal (&tp
->base
, gdbarch
, expanded
,
13474 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13475 type_wanted
, disposition
,
13476 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
13477 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
13478 canonical
->special_display
);
13479 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13480 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13481 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13482 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13483 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13484 corresponds to this one */
13485 tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
= i
;
13487 install_breakpoint (internal
, &tp
->base
, 0);
13489 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
13494 strace_marker_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13495 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13497 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13499 *sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (s
);
13500 if (sals
->nelts
> tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
)
13502 sals
->sals
[0] = sals
->sals
[tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
];
13506 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13509 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13512 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13514 return b
->ops
== &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13517 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13521 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
13523 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13525 gdb_assert (bpt
!= NULL
);
13527 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13528 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13531 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13532 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13533 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13534 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13535 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13538 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13539 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13540 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13541 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13543 if (bpt
->type
== bp_none
)
13546 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13547 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13548 if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
)
13550 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13551 struct watchpoint
*w
;
13553 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13554 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13555 else if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13556 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
13560 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w
);
13562 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
13563 for (related
= bpt
; related
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
;
13564 related
= related
->related_breakpoint
);
13565 related
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13566 bpt
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
;
13569 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
13570 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
13571 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
13572 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
13574 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt
);
13576 if (breakpoint_chain
== bpt
)
13577 breakpoint_chain
= bpt
->next
;
13579 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13580 if (b
->next
== bpt
)
13582 b
->next
= bpt
->next
;
13586 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
13588 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
13589 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
13590 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
13591 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
13592 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
13593 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
13594 commands won't work. */
13596 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback
, bpt
);
13598 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
13599 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
13600 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
13601 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
13602 might be better design to have location completely
13603 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
13604 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
13606 bpt
->ops
->dtor (bpt
);
13607 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
13608 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
13609 bpt
->type
= bp_none
;
13614 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b
)
13616 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13620 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13622 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup
, b
);
13625 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
13626 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
13629 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13630 void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
13634 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13639 struct breakpoint
*next
;
13641 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
13642 next
= related
->related_breakpoint
;
13644 if (next
== related
)
13646 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
13647 function (related
, data
);
13649 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
13650 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
13655 function (related
, data
);
13659 while (related
!= b
);
13663 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
13665 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13668 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
13669 delete_breakpoint. */
13672 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
13674 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
13678 delete_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
13680 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
13686 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
13688 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
13689 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
13690 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
13691 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13692 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13694 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
13698 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13700 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
13702 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
13703 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13704 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13708 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
13712 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location
*loc
)
13714 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
13715 if (!loc
->shlib_disabled
13716 && !loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
13721 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
13722 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
13723 Null names are ignored. */
13726 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location
*loc
)
13728 struct bp_location
*l
;
13729 htab_t htab
= htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string
,
13730 (int (*) (const void *,
13731 const void *)) streq
,
13732 NULL
, xcalloc
, xfree
);
13734 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
13737 const char *name
= l
->function_name
;
13739 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
13743 slot
= (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab
, (const void *) name
,
13745 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
13749 htab_delete (htab
);
13755 htab_delete (htab
);
13759 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
13760 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
13761 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
13762 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
13763 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
13764 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
13765 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
13766 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
13769 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
13770 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
13771 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
13772 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
13773 in the sources, and output a warning.
13775 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
13776 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
13777 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
13778 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
13779 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
13782 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
13783 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
13784 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
13785 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
13786 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
13787 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
13788 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
13789 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
13790 precisely because it confuses tools). */
13792 static struct symtab_and_line
13793 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct symtab_and_line sal
)
13795 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13796 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
13801 find_line_pc (sal
.symtab
, sal
.line
, &pc
);
13803 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc
, &marker
))
13805 if (strcmp (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
) != 0)
13806 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
13808 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
);
13810 xfree (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13811 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
13812 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
13817 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
13819 if (!sal
.explicit_pc
13821 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
13822 && tp
->static_trace_marker_id
!= NULL
)
13824 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
;
13827 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13829 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
13831 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
13832 struct symbol
*sym
;
13833 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*tpmarker
;
13834 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13836 tpmarker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, 0);
13838 xfree (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13839 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (tpmarker
->str_id
);
13841 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
13842 "found at previous line number"),
13843 b
->number
, tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13847 sal2
.pc
= tpmarker
->address
;
13849 sal2
= find_pc_line (tpmarker
->address
, 0);
13850 sym
= find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker
->address
, NULL
);
13851 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Now in ");
13854 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
13855 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
13856 ui_out_text (uiout
, " at ");
13858 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file",
13859 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
));
13860 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
13862 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
13864 const char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal2
.symtab
);
13866 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname", fullname
);
13869 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", sal2
.line
);
13870 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
13872 b
->loc
->line_number
= sal2
.line
;
13873 b
->loc
->symtab
= sym
!= NULL
? sal2
.symtab
: NULL
;
13875 xfree (b
->addr_string
);
13876 b
->addr_string
= xstrprintf ("%s:%d",
13877 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
),
13878 b
->loc
->line_number
);
13880 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
13883 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker
);
13889 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
13890 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
13893 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location
*a
, struct bp_location
*b
)
13897 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
13900 if (a
->shlib_disabled
!= b
->shlib_disabled
)
13903 if (a
->enabled
!= b
->enabled
)
13910 if ((a
== NULL
) != (b
== NULL
))
13916 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software breakpoint)
13917 based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not zero, then B is
13918 a ranged breakpoint. */
13921 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13922 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
,
13923 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end
)
13926 struct bp_location
*existing_locations
= b
->loc
;
13928 if (sals_end
.nelts
!= 0 && (sals
.nelts
!= 1 || sals_end
.nelts
!= 1))
13930 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
13932 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
13933 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
13934 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
13935 "multiple locations found\n"),
13940 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
13941 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
13942 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
13943 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
13944 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
13945 individual locations. */
13946 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations
) && sals
.nelts
== 0)
13951 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
13953 struct bp_location
*new_loc
;
13955 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sals
.sals
[i
].pspace
);
13957 new_loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &(sals
.sals
[i
]));
13959 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
13961 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
13965 s
= b
->cond_string
;
13968 new_loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, sals
.sals
[i
].pc
,
13969 block_for_pc (sals
.sals
[i
].pc
),
13972 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
13974 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
13975 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
13976 b
->number
, e
.message
);
13977 new_loc
->enabled
= 0;
13982 if (sals_end
.nelts
)
13984 CORE_ADDR end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end
.sals
[0]);
13986 new_loc
->length
= end
- sals
.sals
[0].pc
+ 1;
13990 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
13993 struct bp_location
*e
= existing_locations
;
13994 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
13995 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
13996 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
13997 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
13998 often enough until a better solution is found. */
13999 int have_ambiguous_names
= ambiguous_names_p (b
->loc
);
14001 for (; e
; e
= e
->next
)
14003 if (!e
->enabled
&& e
->function_name
)
14005 struct bp_location
*l
= b
->loc
;
14006 if (have_ambiguous_names
)
14008 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
14009 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e
, l
))
14017 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
14018 if (l
->function_name
14019 && strcmp (e
->function_name
, l
->function_name
) == 0)
14029 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations
, b
->loc
))
14030 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
14032 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
14035 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given ADDR_STRING.
14036 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
14038 static struct symtabs_and_lines
14039 addr_string_to_sals (struct breakpoint
*b
, char *addr_string
, int *found
)
14042 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
= {0};
14043 struct gdb_exception exception
= exception_none
;
14045 gdb_assert (b
->ops
!= NULL
);
14050 b
->ops
->decode_linespec (b
, &s
, &sals
);
14052 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
14054 int not_found_and_ok
= 0;
14058 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
14059 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
14060 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
14061 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
14062 state, then user already saw the message about that
14063 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
14065 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
14066 && (b
->condition_not_parsed
14067 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
14068 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
14069 || b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
))
14070 not_found_and_ok
= 1;
14072 if (!not_found_and_ok
)
14074 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
14075 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
14076 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
14077 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
14078 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
14079 which approach is better. */
14080 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14081 throw_exception (e
);
14086 if (exception
.reason
== 0 || exception
.error
!= NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
14090 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
14091 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
.sals
[i
]);
14092 if (b
->condition_not_parsed
&& s
&& s
[0])
14094 char *cond_string
, *extra_string
;
14097 find_condition_and_thread (s
, sals
.sals
[0].pc
,
14098 &cond_string
, &thread
, &task
,
14101 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
14102 b
->thread
= thread
;
14105 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
14106 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
14109 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
&& !strace_marker_p (b
))
14110 sals
.sals
[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b
, sals
.sals
[0]);
14120 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
14121 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
14125 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14128 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, sals_end
;
14129 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
= {0};
14130 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end
= {0};
14132 sals
= addr_string_to_sals (b
, b
->addr_string
, &found
);
14135 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
14139 if (b
->addr_string_range_end
)
14141 sals_end
= addr_string_to_sals (b
, b
->addr_string_range_end
, &found
);
14144 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals_end
.sals
);
14145 expanded_end
= sals_end
;
14149 update_breakpoint_locations (b
, expanded
, expanded_end
);
14152 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
14153 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
14156 create_sals_from_address_default (char **arg
,
14157 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
14158 enum bptype type_wanted
,
14159 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
14161 parse_breakpoint_sals (arg
, canonical
);
14164 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
14165 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
14169 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14170 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
14172 char *extra_string
,
14173 enum bptype type_wanted
,
14174 enum bpdisp disposition
,
14176 int task
, int ignore_count
,
14177 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
14178 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
14179 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
14181 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, canonical
, cond_string
,
14183 type_wanted
, disposition
,
14184 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
14185 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
14188 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
14189 default function for the `decode_linespec' method of breakpoint_ops. */
14192 decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
14193 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
14195 struct linespec_result canonical
;
14197 init_linespec_result (&canonical
);
14198 decode_line_full (s
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
14199 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0,
14200 &canonical
, multiple_symbols_all
,
14203 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
14204 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) < 2);
14206 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) > 0)
14208 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
14210 lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, 0);
14211 *sals
= lsal
->sals
;
14212 /* Arrange it so the destructor does not free the
14214 lsal
->sals
.sals
= NULL
;
14217 destroy_linespec_result (&canonical
);
14220 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
14222 static struct cleanup
*
14223 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14225 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
14227 input_radix
= b
->input_radix
;
14228 cleanups
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
14229 if (b
->pspace
!= NULL
)
14230 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b
->pspace
);
14231 set_language (b
->language
);
14236 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
14237 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
14238 Unused in this case. */
14241 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint
)
14243 /* Get past catch_errs. */
14244 struct breakpoint
*b
= (struct breakpoint
*) bint
;
14245 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
14247 cleanups
= prepare_re_set_context (b
);
14248 b
->ops
->re_set (b
);
14249 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
14253 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
14255 breakpoint_re_set (void)
14257 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
14258 enum language save_language
;
14259 int save_input_radix
;
14260 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
14262 save_language
= current_language
->la_language
;
14263 save_input_radix
= input_radix
;
14264 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
14266 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
14268 /* Format possible error msg. */
14269 char *message
= xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
14271 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
14272 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one
, b
, message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
);
14273 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
14275 set_language (save_language
);
14276 input_radix
= save_input_radix
;
14278 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
14280 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
14282 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
14283 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
14284 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
14285 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
14288 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
14290 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
14291 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
14293 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14295 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
14297 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
14298 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
14300 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
14301 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
14302 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
14304 b
->loc
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
14308 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14309 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14310 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14313 set_ignore_count (int bptnum
, int count
, int from_tty
)
14315 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14320 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14321 if (b
->number
== bptnum
)
14323 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
14325 if (from_tty
&& count
!= 0)
14326 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
14331 b
->ignore_count
= count
;
14335 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
14336 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
14338 else if (count
== 1)
14339 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
14342 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
14343 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
14346 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
14350 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum
);
14353 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
14356 ignore_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14362 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
14364 num
= get_number (&p
);
14366 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args
);
14368 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
14370 set_ignore_count (num
,
14371 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p
))),
14374 printf_filtered ("\n");
14377 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
14378 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
14381 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args
, void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
14386 struct breakpoint
*b
, *tmp
;
14388 struct get_number_or_range_state state
;
14390 if (args
== 0 || *args
== '\0')
14391 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14393 init_number_or_range (&state
, args
);
14395 while (!state
.finished
)
14397 const char *p
= state
.string
;
14401 num
= get_number_or_range (&state
);
14404 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p
);
14408 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, tmp
)
14409 if (b
->number
== num
)
14412 function (b
, data
);
14416 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num
);
14421 static struct bp_location
*
14422 find_location_by_number (char *number
)
14424 char *dot
= strchr (number
, '.');
14428 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14429 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14434 bp_num
= get_number (&p1
);
14436 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
14438 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14439 if (b
->number
== bp_num
)
14444 if (!b
|| b
->number
!= bp_num
)
14445 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
14448 loc_num
= get_number (&p1
);
14450 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number
);
14454 for (;loc_num
&& loc
; --loc_num
, loc
= loc
->next
)
14457 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot
+1);
14463 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14464 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14465 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14468 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14470 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14471 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14472 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14473 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
14476 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14478 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14479 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14481 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14482 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14484 struct bp_location
*location
;
14486 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14487 target_disable_tracepoint (location
);
14490 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
14492 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14495 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
14498 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14500 disable_breakpoint (b
);
14503 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14504 disable_breakpoint. */
14507 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14509 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14513 disable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14517 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14519 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14520 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
14521 disable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14525 char *num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14529 if (strchr (num
, '.'))
14531 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (num
);
14538 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
14540 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14541 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
14542 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
14543 target_disable_tracepoint (loc
);
14545 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
14548 map_breakpoint_numbers (num
, do_map_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14549 num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14555 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
14558 int target_resources_ok
;
14560 if (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
14563 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
14564 target_resources_ok
=
14565 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
14567 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
14568 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
14569 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
14570 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
14573 if (is_watchpoint (bpt
))
14575 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
14576 enum enable_state orig_enable_state
= 0;
14580 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
14582 orig_enable_state
= bpt
->enable_state
;
14583 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14584 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
14586 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
14588 bpt
->enable_state
= orig_enable_state
;
14589 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, e
, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
14596 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14598 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14599 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14601 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14602 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14604 struct bp_location
*location
;
14606 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14607 target_enable_tracepoint (location
);
14610 bpt
->disposition
= disposition
;
14611 bpt
->enable_count
= count
;
14612 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
14614 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14619 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14621 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, bpt
->disposition
, 0);
14625 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
14627 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14630 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14631 enable_breakpoint. */
14634 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14636 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14639 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
14640 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
14641 in stopping the inferior. */
14644 enable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14648 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14650 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14651 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
14652 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14656 char *num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14660 if (strchr (num
, '.'))
14662 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (num
);
14669 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
14671 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14672 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
14673 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
14674 target_enable_tracepoint (loc
);
14676 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
14679 map_breakpoint_numbers (num
, do_map_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14680 num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14685 /* This struct packages up disposition data for application to multiple
14695 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
14697 struct disp_data disp_data
= *(struct disp_data
*) arg
;
14699 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_data
.disp
, disp_data
.count
);
14703 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
14705 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_disable
, 1 };
14707 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
14711 enable_once_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14713 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14717 do_map_enable_count_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *countptr
)
14719 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_disable
, *(int *) countptr
};
14721 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
14725 enable_count_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14730 error_no_arg (_("hit count"));
14732 count
= get_number (&args
);
14734 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_count_breakpoint
, &count
);
14738 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
14740 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_del
, 1 };
14742 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
14746 enable_delete_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14748 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14752 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14757 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14761 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
14762 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
14766 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior
*inferior
,
14767 CORE_ADDR addr
, ssize_t len
,
14768 const bfd_byte
*data
)
14770 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
14772 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
14773 if (bp
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
14774 && bp
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
14776 struct watchpoint
*wp
= (struct watchpoint
*) bp
;
14778 if (wp
->val_valid
&& wp
->val
)
14780 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14782 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
14783 if (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
14784 && loc
->address
+ loc
->length
> addr
14785 && addr
+ len
> loc
->address
)
14787 value_free (wp
->val
);
14795 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
14798 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14799 struct address_space
*aspace
,
14802 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
14803 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
14804 CORE_ADDR pc
= next_pc
;
14806 if (tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
== NULL
)
14808 tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
14809 = new_single_step_breakpoint (tp
->num
, gdbarch
);
14812 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
14814 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
14815 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
14816 add_location_to_breakpoint (tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
, &sal
);
14818 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT
);
14821 /* See breakpoint.h. */
14824 breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (struct breakpoint
*bp
,
14825 struct address_space
*aspace
,
14828 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14830 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
14832 && breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
14838 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
14842 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
14845 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14847 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14849 if (bpt
->type
== bp_single_step
14850 && breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (bpt
, aspace
, pc
))
14856 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
14858 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
14860 set_tracepoint_count (int num
)
14862 tracepoint_count
= num
;
14863 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num
);
14867 trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14869 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
14870 const char *arg_cp
= arg
;
14872 if (arg
&& probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp
))
14873 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
14875 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
14877 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14879 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
14881 bp_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
14882 0 /* Ignore count */,
14883 pending_break_support
,
14887 0 /* internal */, 0);
14891 ftrace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14893 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14895 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
14897 bp_fast_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
14898 0 /* Ignore count */,
14899 pending_break_support
,
14900 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
14903 0 /* internal */, 0);
14906 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
14909 strace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14911 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
14913 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
14914 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
14915 if (arg
&& startswith (arg
, "-m") && isspace (arg
[2]))
14916 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
14918 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
14920 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14922 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
14924 bp_static_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
14925 0 /* Ignore count */,
14926 pending_break_support
,
14930 0 /* internal */, 0);
14933 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
14934 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
14936 static struct uploaded_tp
*this_utp
;
14937 static int next_cmd
;
14940 read_uploaded_action (void)
14944 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, this_utp
->cmd_strings
, next_cmd
, rslt
);
14951 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
14952 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
14953 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
14954 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
14955 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
14957 struct tracepoint
*
14958 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp
*utp
)
14960 char *addr_str
, small_buf
[100];
14961 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
14963 if (utp
->at_string
)
14964 addr_str
= utp
->at_string
;
14967 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
14968 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
14969 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
14971 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
14972 "source location, using raw address"),
14974 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "*%s", hex_string (utp
->addr
));
14975 addr_str
= small_buf
;
14978 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
14979 if (utp
->cond
&& !utp
->cond_string
)
14980 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
14981 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
14984 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14986 utp
->cond_string
, -1, NULL
,
14987 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
14989 utp
->type
/* type_wanted */,
14990 0 /* Ignore count */,
14991 pending_break_support
,
14992 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
14994 utp
->enabled
/* enabled */,
14996 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
))
14999 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
15000 tp
= get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count
);
15001 gdb_assert (tp
!= NULL
);
15005 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "%d %d", utp
->pass
,
15008 trace_pass_command (small_buf
, 0);
15011 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
15012 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
15013 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
15015 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->cmd_strings
))
15017 struct command_line
*cmd_list
;
15022 cmd_list
= read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action
, 1, NULL
, NULL
);
15024 breakpoint_set_commands (&tp
->base
, cmd_list
);
15026 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->actions
)
15027 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->step_actions
))
15028 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
15029 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
15032 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
15033 tp
->base
.hit_count
= utp
->hit_count
;
15034 tp
->traceframe_usage
= utp
->traceframe_usage
;
15039 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
15043 tracepoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15045 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
15048 num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_tracepoint
);
15050 if (num_printed
== 0)
15052 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
15053 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
15055 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
15058 default_collect_info ();
15061 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
15062 Not supported by all targets. */
15064 enable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15066 enable_command (args
, from_tty
);
15069 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
15070 Not supported by all targets. */
15072 disable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15074 disable_command (args
, from_tty
);
15077 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
15079 delete_trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15081 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
15087 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
15089 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
15090 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
15091 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
15093 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15094 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
15096 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
15100 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
15102 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
15104 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
15105 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
15106 delete_breakpoint (b
);
15110 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15113 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
15116 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint
*tp
, int count
, int from_tty
)
15118 tp
->pass_count
= count
;
15119 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (&tp
->base
);
15121 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
15122 tp
->base
.number
, count
);
15125 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
15127 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
15128 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
15129 Also accepts special argument "all". */
15132 trace_pass_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15134 struct tracepoint
*t1
;
15135 unsigned int count
;
15137 if (args
== 0 || *args
== 0)
15138 error (_("passcount command requires an "
15139 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
15141 count
= strtoul (args
, &args
, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
15143 args
= skip_spaces (args
);
15144 if (*args
&& strncasecmp (args
, "all", 3) == 0)
15146 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15148 args
+= 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
15150 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
15152 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15154 t1
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
15155 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15158 else if (*args
== '\0')
15160 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, NULL
);
15162 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15166 struct get_number_or_range_state state
;
15168 init_number_or_range (&state
, args
);
15169 while (!state
.finished
)
15171 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, &state
);
15173 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15178 struct tracepoint
*
15179 get_tracepoint (int num
)
15181 struct breakpoint
*t
;
15183 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
15184 if (t
->number
== num
)
15185 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
15190 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
15191 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
15194 struct tracepoint
*
15195 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num
)
15197 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15199 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15201 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
15203 if (t
->number_on_target
== num
)
15210 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
15211 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
15212 If the argument is missing, the most recent tracepoint
15213 (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
15215 struct tracepoint
*
15216 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg
,
15217 struct get_number_or_range_state
*state
)
15219 struct breakpoint
*t
;
15221 char *instring
= arg
== NULL
? NULL
: *arg
;
15225 gdb_assert (!state
->finished
);
15226 tpnum
= get_number_or_range (state
);
15228 else if (arg
== NULL
|| *arg
== NULL
|| ! **arg
)
15229 tpnum
= tracepoint_count
;
15231 tpnum
= get_number (arg
);
15235 if (instring
&& *instring
)
15236 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
15239 printf_filtered (_("No previous tracepoint\n"));
15243 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
15244 if (t
->number
== tpnum
)
15246 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
15249 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum
);
15254 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
15256 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
15257 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " thread %d", b
->thread
);
15260 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " task %d", b
->task
);
15262 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
15265 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
15266 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
15267 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
15271 save_breakpoints (char *filename
, int from_tty
,
15272 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
15274 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15276 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
15277 struct ui_file
*fp
;
15278 int extra_trace_bits
= 0;
15280 if (filename
== 0 || *filename
== 0)
15281 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
15283 /* See if we have anything to save. */
15284 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15286 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15287 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15290 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15291 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15296 if (is_tracepoint (tp
))
15298 extra_trace_bits
= 1;
15300 /* We can stop searching. */
15307 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
15311 filename
= tilde_expand (filename
);
15312 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, filename
);
15313 fp
= gdb_fopen (filename
, "w");
15315 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15316 filename
, safe_strerror (errno
));
15317 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp
);
15319 if (extra_trace_bits
)
15320 save_trace_state_variables (fp
);
15322 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15324 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15325 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15328 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15329 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15332 tp
->ops
->print_recreate (tp
, fp
);
15334 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15335 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15338 if (tp
->cond_string
)
15339 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp
->cond_string
);
15341 if (tp
->ignore_count
)
15342 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp
->ignore_count
);
15344 if (tp
->type
!= bp_dprintf
&& tp
->commands
)
15346 struct gdb_exception exception
;
15348 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " commands\n");
15350 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout
, fp
);
15353 print_command_lines (current_uiout
, tp
->commands
->commands
, 2);
15355 CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
15357 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout
, NULL
);
15358 throw_exception (ex
);
15362 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout
, NULL
);
15363 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " end\n");
15366 if (tp
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
)
15367 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "disable $bpnum\n");
15369 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15370 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15371 special, and not user visible. */
15372 if (!is_watchpoint (tp
) && tp
->loc
&& tp
->loc
->next
)
15374 struct bp_location
*loc
;
15377 for (loc
= tp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
, n
++)
15379 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n
);
15383 if (extra_trace_bits
&& *default_collect
)
15384 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect
);
15387 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename
);
15388 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
15391 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15394 save_breakpoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15396 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, NULL
);
15399 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15402 save_tracepoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15404 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, is_tracepoint
);
15407 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15409 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *
15410 all_tracepoints (void)
15412 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *tp_vec
= 0;
15413 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15415 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
15417 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p
, tp_vec
, tp
);
15424 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15425 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15426 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15428 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15429 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
15430 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
15431 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
15432 guessed probe type), `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe) or \n\
15433 `-probe-dtrace' (for a DTrace probe).\n\
15434 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
15435 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
15436 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
15437 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
15438 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15439 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15441 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15442 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15444 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15445 conditions are different.\n\
15447 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15449 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15450 static struct cmd_list_element
*catch_cmdlist
;
15452 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15453 static struct cmd_list_element
*tcatch_cmdlist
;
15456 add_catch_command (char *name
, char *docstring
,
15457 cmd_sfunc_ftype
*sfunc
,
15458 completer_ftype
*completer
,
15459 void *user_data_catch
,
15460 void *user_data_tcatch
)
15462 struct cmd_list_element
*command
;
15464 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
15466 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15467 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_catch
);
15468 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15470 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
15472 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15473 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_tcatch
);
15474 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15478 save_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15480 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
15481 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
15482 help_list (save_cmdlist
, "save ", all_commands
, gdb_stdout
);
15485 struct breakpoint
*
15486 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback
) (struct breakpoint
*, void *),
15489 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
15491 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
15493 if ((*callback
) (b
, data
))
15500 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
15501 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
15504 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint
*b
)
15506 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
15507 non-inline function. */
15508 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
15514 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
15515 have been inlined. */
15518 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
15519 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
15521 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15522 struct bp_location
*bl
;
15524 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
15526 if (!is_non_inline_function (b
))
15529 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
15531 if (!bl
->shlib_disabled
15532 && bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, pc
, ws
))
15540 /* Remove any references to OBJFILE which is going to be freed. */
15543 breakpoint_free_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
15545 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
15547 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
15548 if (loc
->symtab
!= NULL
&& SYMTAB_OBJFILE (loc
->symtab
) == objfile
)
15549 loc
->symtab
= NULL
;
15553 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
15555 static int initialized
= 0;
15557 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15563 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
15564 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
15565 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
15566 ops
= &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15567 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15568 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15569 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_insert_location
;
15570 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_remove_location
;
15571 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= bkpt_breakpoint_hit
;
15572 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= bkpt_create_sals_from_address
;
15573 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15574 ops
->decode_linespec
= bkpt_decode_linespec
;
15576 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
15577 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15578 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15579 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15580 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
15581 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
15582 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
15583 ops
->print_recreate
= bkpt_print_recreate
;
15585 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
15586 ops
= &ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
15587 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15588 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint
;
15589 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint
;
15590 ops
->print_it
= print_it_ranged_breakpoint
;
15591 ops
->print_one
= print_one_ranged_breakpoint
;
15592 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint
;
15593 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_ranged_breakpoint
;
15594 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint
;
15596 /* Internal breakpoints. */
15597 ops
= &internal_breakpoint_ops
;
15598 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15599 ops
->re_set
= internal_bkpt_re_set
;
15600 ops
->check_status
= internal_bkpt_check_status
;
15601 ops
->print_it
= internal_bkpt_print_it
;
15602 ops
->print_mention
= internal_bkpt_print_mention
;
15604 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
15605 ops
= &momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
15606 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15607 ops
->re_set
= momentary_bkpt_re_set
;
15608 ops
->check_status
= momentary_bkpt_check_status
;
15609 ops
->print_it
= momentary_bkpt_print_it
;
15610 ops
->print_mention
= momentary_bkpt_print_mention
;
15612 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception. */
15613 ops
= &longjmp_breakpoint_ops
;
15614 *ops
= momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
15615 ops
->dtor
= longjmp_bkpt_dtor
;
15617 /* Probe breakpoints. */
15618 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15619 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15620 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_probe_insert_location
;
15621 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_probe_remove_location
;
15622 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address
;
15623 ops
->decode_linespec
= bkpt_probe_decode_linespec
;
15626 ops
= &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15627 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15628 ops
->dtor
= dtor_watchpoint
;
15629 ops
->re_set
= re_set_watchpoint
;
15630 ops
->insert_location
= insert_watchpoint
;
15631 ops
->remove_location
= remove_watchpoint
;
15632 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_watchpoint
;
15633 ops
->check_status
= check_status_watchpoint
;
15634 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_watchpoint
;
15635 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_watchpoint
;
15636 ops
->print_it
= print_it_watchpoint
;
15637 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_watchpoint
;
15638 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_watchpoint
;
15639 ops
->explains_signal
= explains_signal_watchpoint
;
15641 /* Masked watchpoints. */
15642 ops
= &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15643 *ops
= watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15644 ops
->insert_location
= insert_masked_watchpoint
;
15645 ops
->remove_location
= remove_masked_watchpoint
;
15646 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_masked_watchpoint
;
15647 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint
;
15648 ops
->print_it
= print_it_masked_watchpoint
;
15649 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint
;
15650 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_masked_watchpoint
;
15651 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_masked_watchpoint
;
15654 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15655 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15656 ops
->re_set
= tracepoint_re_set
;
15657 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= tracepoint_breakpoint_hit
;
15658 ops
->print_one_detail
= tracepoint_print_one_detail
;
15659 ops
->print_mention
= tracepoint_print_mention
;
15660 ops
->print_recreate
= tracepoint_print_recreate
;
15661 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= tracepoint_create_sals_from_address
;
15662 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15663 ops
->decode_linespec
= tracepoint_decode_linespec
;
15665 /* Probe tracepoints. */
15666 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15667 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15668 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address
;
15669 ops
->decode_linespec
= tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec
;
15671 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
15672 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
15673 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15674 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= strace_marker_create_sals_from_address
;
15675 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15676 ops
->decode_linespec
= strace_marker_decode_linespec
;
15678 /* Fork catchpoints. */
15679 ops
= &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
15680 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15681 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_fork
;
15682 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_fork
;
15683 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_fork
;
15684 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_fork
;
15685 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_fork
;
15686 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_fork
;
15687 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_fork
;
15689 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
15690 ops
= &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
15691 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15692 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_vfork
;
15693 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_vfork
;
15694 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork
;
15695 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_vfork
;
15696 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_vfork
;
15697 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_vfork
;
15698 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_vfork
;
15700 /* Exec catchpoints. */
15701 ops
= &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
15702 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15703 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_exec
;
15704 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_exec
;
15705 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_exec
;
15706 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_exec
;
15707 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_exec
;
15708 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_exec
;
15709 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_exec
;
15710 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_exec
;
15712 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
15713 ops
= &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
15714 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15715 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_solib
;
15716 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_solib
;
15717 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_solib
;
15718 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_solib
;
15719 ops
->check_status
= check_status_catch_solib
;
15720 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_solib
;
15721 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_solib
;
15722 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_solib
;
15723 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_solib
;
15725 ops
= &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
15726 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15727 ops
->re_set
= dprintf_re_set
;
15728 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
15729 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
15730 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
15731 ops
->print_recreate
= dprintf_print_recreate
;
15732 ops
->after_condition_true
= dprintf_after_condition_true
;
15733 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= dprintf_breakpoint_hit
;
15736 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
15738 static struct cmd_list_element
*enablebreaklist
= NULL
;
15741 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
15743 struct cmd_list_element
*c
;
15745 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
15747 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib
);
15748 observer_attach_free_objfile (disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile
);
15749 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change
);
15751 breakpoint_objfile_key
15752 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL
, free_breakpoint_probes
);
15754 breakpoint_chain
= 0;
15755 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
15756 before a breakpoint is set. */
15757 breakpoint_count
= 0;
15759 tracepoint_count
= 0;
15761 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint
, ignore_command
, _("\
15762 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
15763 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
15765 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint
, commands_command
, _("\
15766 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
15767 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
15768 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
15769 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
15770 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
15771 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
15772 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
15774 c
= add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint
, condition_command
, _("\
15775 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
15776 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
15777 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
15778 set_cmd_completer (c
, condition_completer
);
15780 c
= add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint
, tbreak_command
, _("\
15781 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
15782 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15783 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
15784 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
15786 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
15787 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15789 c
= add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint
, hbreak_command
, _("\
15790 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15791 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
15792 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
15794 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
15795 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15797 c
= add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint
, thbreak_command
, _("\
15798 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15799 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15800 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
15802 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
15803 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15805 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
15806 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15807 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15808 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
15809 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15810 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
15811 &enablelist
, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
15813 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15815 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
15816 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15817 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15818 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15819 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
15820 &enablebreaklist
, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist
);
15822 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
15823 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15824 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
15827 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
15828 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15829 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
15832 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
15833 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
15834 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
15835 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
15838 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
15839 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15840 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
15843 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
15844 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15845 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
15848 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
15849 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
15850 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
15851 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
15854 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
15855 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
15856 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15857 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15858 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
15859 &disablelist
, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
15860 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15861 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15863 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, disable_command
, _("\
15864 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
15865 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15866 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15867 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
15868 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
15871 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
15872 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
15873 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15874 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15876 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
15877 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
15878 &deletelist
, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist
);
15879 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15880 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15882 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, delete_command
, _("\
15883 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
15884 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15885 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15886 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
15889 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint
, clear_command
, _("\
15890 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
15891 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
15892 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
15893 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
15894 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
15896 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
15897 is executing in.\n\
15899 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
15900 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15902 c
= add_com ("break", class_breakpoint
, break_command
, _("\
15903 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
15904 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
15905 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15907 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run
, 1);
15908 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run
, 1);
15909 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run
, 1);
15910 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run
, 1);
15914 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint
, stop_command
, _("\
15915 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
15916 &stoplist
, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist
);
15917 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint
, stopin_command
,
15918 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist
);
15919 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint
, stopat_command
,
15920 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist
);
15921 add_com ("status", class_info
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
15922 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
15923 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15924 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15925 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15926 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15927 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15928 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15929 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15931 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15932 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15933 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15934 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15935 breakpoint set."));
15938 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info
, _("\
15939 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
15940 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15941 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15942 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15943 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15944 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15945 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15946 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15948 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15949 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15950 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15951 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15952 breakpoint set."));
15954 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
15956 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance
, maintenance_info_breakpoints
, _("\
15957 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
15958 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15959 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15960 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15961 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
15962 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
15963 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
15964 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
15965 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15966 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15967 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15968 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15970 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15971 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15972 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15973 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15975 &maintenanceinfolist
);
15977 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint
, catch_command
, _("\
15978 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
15979 &catch_cmdlist
, "catch ",
15980 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
15982 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint
, tcatch_command
, _("\
15983 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
15984 &tcatch_cmdlist
, "tcatch ",
15985 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
15987 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
15988 catch_fork_command_1
,
15990 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent
,
15991 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary
);
15992 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
15993 catch_fork_command_1
,
15995 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent
,
15996 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary
);
15997 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
15998 catch_exec_command_1
,
16002 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
16003 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
16004 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16005 catch_load_command_1
,
16009 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
16010 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
16011 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16012 catch_unload_command_1
,
16017 c
= add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint
, watch_command
, _("\
16018 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16019 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16020 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16021 an expression changes.\n\
16022 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16023 the memory to which it refers."));
16024 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16026 c
= add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint
, rwatch_command
, _("\
16027 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16028 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16029 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16030 an expression is read.\n\
16031 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16032 the memory to which it refers."));
16033 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16035 c
= add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint
, awatch_command
, _("\
16036 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16037 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16038 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16039 an expression is either read or written.\n\
16040 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16041 the memory to which it refers."));
16042 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16044 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info
, _("\
16045 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
16047 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
16048 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
16049 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support
,
16050 &can_use_hw_watchpoints
, _("\
16051 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16052 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16053 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
16054 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
16055 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
16058 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints
,
16059 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16061 can_use_hw_watchpoints
= 1;
16063 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
16065 c
= add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint
, trace_command
, _("\
16066 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16068 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
16069 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16070 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16072 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias
, 0);
16073 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16074 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16075 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16077 c
= add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint
, ftrace_command
, _("\
16078 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16080 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
16081 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16082 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16084 c
= add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint
, strace_command
, _("\
16085 Set a static tracepoint at specified line, function or marker.\n\
16087 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
16088 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, \"*\" and an address,\n\
16089 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\
16090 If a line number is specified, probe the marker at start of code\n\
16091 for that line. If a function is specified, probe the marker at start\n\
16092 of code for that function. If an address is specified, probe the marker\n\
16093 at that exact address. If a marker id is specified, probe the marker\n\
16094 with that name. With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of\n\
16095 the selected stack frame.\n\
16096 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
16097 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
16098 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
16099 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
16101 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
16103 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
16104 conditions are different.\n\
16106 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
16107 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16108 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16110 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info
, _("\
16111 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
16112 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
16113 last tracepoint set."));
16115 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
16117 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, delete_trace_command
, _("\
16118 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
16119 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16120 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
16122 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace
, 1, &deletelist
);
16124 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, disable_trace_command
, _("\
16125 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
16126 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16127 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
16129 deprecate_cmd (c
, "disable");
16131 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, enable_trace_command
, _("\
16132 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
16133 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16134 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
16136 deprecate_cmd (c
, "enable");
16138 add_com ("passcount", class_trace
, trace_pass_command
, _("\
16139 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
16140 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
16141 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
16142 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
16144 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint
, save_command
,
16145 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
16146 &save_cmdlist
, "save ",
16147 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16149 c
= add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, save_breakpoints_command
, _("\
16150 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
16151 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
16152 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
16153 session to restore them."),
16155 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
16157 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, save_tracepoints_command
, _("\
16158 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
16159 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
16161 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
16163 c
= add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace
, 0);
16164 deprecate_cmd (c
, "save tracepoints");
16166 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, set_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
16167 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16168 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16169 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16170 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
, "set breakpoint ",
16171 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist
);
16172 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, show_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
16173 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16174 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16175 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16176 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
, "show breakpoint ",
16177 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist
);
16179 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class
,
16180 &pending_break_support
, _("\
16181 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16182 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16183 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
16184 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
16185 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
16186 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
16188 show_pending_break_support
,
16189 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16190 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16192 pending_break_support
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
16194 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class
,
16195 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints
, _("\
16196 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16197 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16198 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
16199 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
16200 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
16202 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints
,
16203 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16204 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16206 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support
,
16207 &always_inserted_mode
, _("\
16208 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16209 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16210 When this mode is on, breakpoints are inserted immediately as soon as\n\
16211 they're created, kept inserted even when execution stops, and removed\n\
16212 only when the user deletes them. When this mode is off (the default),\n\
16213 breakpoints are inserted only when execution continues, and removed\n\
16214 when execution stops."),
16216 &show_always_inserted_mode
,
16217 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16218 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16220 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint
,
16221 condition_evaluation_enums
,
16222 &condition_evaluation_mode_1
, _("\
16223 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16224 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16225 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
16226 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
16227 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
16228 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
16229 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
16230 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
16231 be set to \"gdb\""),
16232 &set_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16233 &show_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16234 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16235 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16237 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint
, break_range_command
, _("\
16238 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
16239 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
16240 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
16241 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
16242 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
16243 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
16244 or the start of the range\n\
16245 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
16246 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
16247 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
16249 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
16250 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
16251 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
16253 c
= add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint
, dprintf_command
, _("\
16254 Set a dynamic printf at specified line or function.\n\
16255 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
16256 location may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16257 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
16258 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function."));
16259 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16261 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support
,
16262 dprintf_style_enums
, &dprintf_style
, _("\
16263 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16264 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16265 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
16266 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
16267 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
16268 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
16269 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
16270 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
16271 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16272 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16274 dprintf_function
= xstrdup ("printf");
16275 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support
,
16276 &dprintf_function
, _("\
16277 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16278 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
16279 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16280 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16282 dprintf_channel
= xstrdup ("");
16283 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support
,
16284 &dprintf_channel
, _("\
16285 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16286 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
16287 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16288 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16290 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class
,
16291 &disconnected_dprintf
, _("\
16292 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16293 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16294 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
16295 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
16298 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16300 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars
, agent_printf_command
, _("\
16301 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
16302 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
16304 automatic_hardware_breakpoints
= 1;
16306 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed
);
16307 observer_attach_thread_exit (remove_threaded_breakpoints
);